2020 Chevrolet Corvette Owners Manual · to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem,...

23295642 A

2020

2020

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

20_CHEV_Corvette_COV_en_US_23295642A_2019OCT03.ai 1 10/1/2019 10:27:47 AM20_CHEV_Corvette_COV_en_US_23295642A_2019OCT03.ai 1 10/1/2019 10:27:47 AM

Chevrolet Corvette Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-12470550) - 2020 - CRC - 11/20/19

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . 7

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 86

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 131

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 144

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 285

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 303

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 313

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . 323

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,the CHEVROLET Emblem,Corvette, and the Corvette Emblemare trademarks and/or servicemarks of General Motors LLC, itssubsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Company” forChevrolet Motor Division wherever itappears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner’s manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 23295642 A First Printing ©2019 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “Donot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner’smanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. See thefeatures in this manual forinformation.

u : Air Conditioning System

G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

z : Carbon Monoxide

9 : Dispose of Used ComponentsProperly

P : Do Not Apply High PressureWater

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

H : Flammable

R : Fuse Block Cover LockLocation

+ : Fuses


4 Introduction

j : ISOFIX/LATCH System ChildRestraints

Q : Keep Fuse Block CoversProperly Installed

A : Lane Keep Assist

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

X : Park Assist

O : Power

7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert

I : Registered Technician

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Seat Belt Reminders

I : Side Blind Zone Alert

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

a : Under Pressure


Introduction 5

Instrument Panel Overview


6 Introduction

1. Air Vents 0 142.

2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turnand Lane-Change Signals0 128.

Exterior Lamp Controls 0 125.

3. Manual Shift Paddles. SeeManual Mode 0 173.

4. Instrument Cluster 0 94.

5. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 87.

6. Near Field CommunicationAntenna (NFC). See “Pairing aPhone” in the infotainmentmanual.

7. Volume Control Knob. See theinfotainment manual.

Infotainment Home Button. Seethe infotainment manual.

8. Infotainment 0 131.

9. Alarm System Indicator Light.See Vehicle Alarm System0 26.

Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 127.

10. Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 138.

Driver and Passenger Heatedand Ventilated Seat Controls (IfEquipped). See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 53.

11. Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 181.

Curb View Camera (IfEquipped). See AssistanceSystems for Parking or Backing0 200.

Front Lift System Control (IfEquipped). See Front LiftSystem 0 190.

12. Driver Mode Control 0 183.

13. Shift Switches. See DualClutch Transmission 0 170.

14. Keyless Ignition. See IgnitionPositions 0 164.

15. Driver Information Center (DIC)Controls. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 108.

16. Heated Steering Wheel 0 87 (IfEquipped).

17. Bluetooth Controls. See“Steering Wheel Controls” inthe infotainment manual.

Voice Recognition Controls.See “Steering Wheel Controls”in the infotainment manual.

18. Volume Control Buttons. See“Steering Wheel Controls” inthe infotainment manual.

19. Horn 0 87.

20. Favorites Select Buttons. See“Steering Wheel Controls” inthe infotainment manual.

21. Z-Mode Control. See DriverMode Control 0 183.

22. Cruise Control 0 196.

23. Electric Parking Brake 0 178.

24. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 102.

25. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 129.

26. Head-Up Display Controls (IfEquipped). See Head-UpDisplay (HUD) 0 110.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 7

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 15Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 20Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

DoorsHood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Hatch (Trunk) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 26Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 28

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . 31Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 32Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 32Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

RoofRoof Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha remote key is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the remote key inthe vehicle, and children or otherscould be caught in the path of aclosing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with aremote key.


8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The mechanical key can be used toopen the vehicle and hatch/trunk ifpower to the vehicle is lost. SeeHatch (Trunk) 0 23.

Convertible Shown, Coupe Similar Convertible Shown, Coupe Similar

Press the button on the side toremove the mechanical key. Neverpull the mechanical key out withoutpressing the button.

This vehicle has a Keyless Accesssystem with pushbutton start. SeeIgnition Positions 0 164 forinformation on starting the vehicle.

If it becomes difficult to turn themechanical key, inspect themechanical key blade for debris.



Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 313.

If there is a decrease in the remotekey operating range:

. Check the distance. The remotekey may be too far from thevehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the remote key battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the remote key is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when the remotekey is within 1 m (3 ft). See “KeylessAccess Operation” later in thissection.

The remote key functions may workup to 60 m (197 ft) away from thevehicle.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the remote key. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 9.

H : Press to lock both doors andthe fuel door. The turn signalindicators may flash and/or the hornmay sound on the second press toindicate locking. See “Remote Lock,Unlock, Start” under VehiclePersonalization 0 116.

Pressing H may also arm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 26.

See Folding Mirrors 0 30.

I : Press to unlock the driver doorand the fuel door. Press again withinfive seconds to unlock both doors.When remotely unlocking thevehicle at night, the headlamps andtaillamps may come on for about30 seconds to light your approach tothe vehicle depending on thesettings. See VehiclePersonalization 0 116. The turnsignal indicators may flash toindicate unlocking.

Pressing I will disarm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 26.



If equipped with remote windowoperation, press I and hold forthree seconds to remotely open thewindows, if enabled. See VehiclePersonalization 0 116.

See Folding Mirrors 0 30.

S : Press twice to start the enginefrom outside the vehicle using theremote key. See Remote VehicleStart 0 15. The vehicle can not bedriven during a remote start. Todrive the vehicle, press the brakepedal, then press ENGINE START/STOP, with the remote key in thevehicle.

7 : Press and release to initiatevehicle locator. The exterior lampsflash and the horn chirps threetimes. Press 7 and hold forapproximately three seconds tosound the panic alarm. The hornsounds and the turn signal lampsflash for 30 seconds, or until 7 ispressed again or the vehicle isstarted.

D : Press twice to release thehatch/trunk. The vehicle must be inP (Park).

E : Press twice to release thehood. The vehicle must be inP (Park).

M : If equipped, press and releaseK, then immediately press and holdM continuously to open theconvertible top all the way. Thevehicle must be off to operate theconvertible top. Release the buttonto stop movement. This button willonly open the convertible top.

If equipped, press and release Qthen immediately press and holdM to open the enginecompartment.

Convertible Top. Do not try to start the vehicle

while using the remote key toopen the convertible top.Release both the remote keybutton and ENGINE START/STOP and wait a few secondsbefore starting the vehiclenormally.

Keyless Access Operation

This Keyless Access system allowsyou to unlock and unlatch the doorsand hatch/trunk without removingthe remote key from your pocket,purse, briefcase, etc. The remotekey must be within 1 m (3 ft) of thetrunk or door being opened.A touchpad is located on the doorhandle.

The Keyless Access system can beprogrammed to unlock both doorson the first door handle touchpadpress from the driver door. KeylessAccess can also be turned Off. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 116.

If equipped with memory seats,remote keys 1 and 2 are linked toseating positions of memory 1 or 2.See Memory Seats 0 50.

Keyless Unlocking

Press the door handle touchpad tounlock and open the doors if theremote key is within 1 m (3 ft). SeeDoor Locks 0 17 and “Passive DoorUnlock” under VehiclePersonalization 0 116.



Disable/Enable Keyless Unlockingof Exterior Door Handles andTrunk

If equipped, keyless unlocking of theexterior door handles and trunk canbe disabled and enabled.

Disabling Keyless Unlocking:

With the vehicle off, press and holdQ and K on the remote key at thesame time for approximatelythree seconds. The turn signallamps will flash four times quickly toindicate access is disabled. Usingany exterior handle to unlock thedoors or open the hood or hatch/trunk will cause the turn signallamps to flash four times quickly,indicating access is disabled.If disabled, disarm the alarm systembefore starting the vehicle. DisablingKeyless Unlocking may also beconfigured under VehiclePersonalization.

Enabling Keyless Unlocking:

With the vehicle off, press and holdQ and K on the remote key at thesame time for approximatelythree seconds. The turn signal

lamps will flash twice quickly toindicate access is enabled. EnablingKeyless Unlocking may also beconfigured under VehiclePersonalization.

Passive Locking

Keyless Access will lock severalseconds after all doors are closed ifthe vehicle is off and at least oneremote key has been removed ornone remain in the vehicle.

The fuel door will also lock.

If other electronic devices interferewith the remote key signal, thevehicle may not detect the remotekey inside the vehicle. If passivelocking is enabled, the doors maylock with the remote key inside thevehicle. Do not leave the remotekey in an unattended vehicle.

If the vehicle is locked with a remotekey inside the vehicle, that remotekey will be disabled for starting thevehicle and other keyless accessoperations. To re-enable that remotekey, press any button on thatremote key. The remote key willalso be re-enabled when the vehicle

is started with another knownremote key, or when the vehicle isunlocked.

To customize whether the doorsautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see “Passive Door Lock”under Vehicle Personalization0 116.

If equipped with remote foldingmirrors, passive locking may foldand unfold the mirrors. See FoldingMirrors 0 30.

Temporary Disable of PassiveLocking

Temporarily disable passive lockingby pressing and holding K on theinterior door switch with a door openfor at least four seconds, or untilthree chimes are heard. Passivelocking will then remain disableduntil the vehicle is turned on.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off and aremote key is left in the vehicle, thehorn will chirp three times after bothdoors are closed. To turn on or off,



see “Remote Left in Vehicle Alert”under Vehicle Personalization0 116.

Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert

If the vehicle is on, with a dooropen, and then all doors are closed,the vehicle will check for remotekeys inside. If a remote key is notdetected, the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) will display NO KEYFOUND and the horn will chirp threetimes. This occurs only once eachtime the vehicle is driven. To turn onor off, see Vehicle Personalization0 116.

Keyless Trunk Opening

Press the hatch/trunk releasetouchpad to open the trunk if theremote key is within 1 m (3 ft).

Programming Remote Keys tothe Vehicle

Only remote keys programmed tothis vehicle will work. If a remotekey is lost or stolen, a replacementcan be purchased and programmedthrough your dealer. When thereplacement remote key isprogrammed to this vehicle, allremaining remote keys must also bereprogrammed. Any lost or stolen

remote keys will no longer workonce the new remote key isprogrammed.

Programming with RecognizedRemote Keys

A new key can be programmed tothe vehicle when there are tworecognized keys.

To program, the vehicle must be inrun and all remote keys, bothcurrently recognized and new, mustbe with you.

1. Place the two recognizedremote keys on thepassenger seat.

2. Scroll to the DIC menu to"Remote Key Learn" menu andselect.

The DIC displays READY FORREMOTE #3, 4, 5, ETC.



3. Place the new remote key intothe backup pocket location.

4. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the remote key islearned, the DIC display willshow that it is ready to programthe next remote key.

5. Remove the remote key fromthe backup location and pressK or Q on the remote key.

To program additional remotekeys, repeat Steps 3–5.

When all additional remotekeys are programmed, pressand hold ENGINE START/

STOP for approximately12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

Programming without RecognizedRemote Keys

If two currently recognized remotekeys are not available, see yourdealer to program new remote keys.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowRemote Key Battery

For improved vehicle security, theremote key is equipped with amotion sensor. When starting thevehicle, if the remote key has beenidle for a while, the DIC may displayKEY IN SLEEP MODE, MOVE KEY,THEN START. Move the remote keyslightly and try starting the vehicle.If the remote key battery is weak orif there is interference with thesignal, the DIC may display NOREMOTE DETECTED or NOREMOTE KEY WAS DETECTEDPLACE KEY IN KEY POCKET,THEN START YOUR VEHICLE.

If this occurs, follow these steps:

1. Place the remote key in thecupholder with the mechanicalkey end facing up.

2. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and ENGINESTART/STOP.

Replace the remote key batteryas soon as possible.



Battery Replacement

{ Warning

Never allow children to play withthe remote key. The remote keycontains a small battery, whichcan be a choking hazard.If swallowed, internal burns canoccur, resulting in severe injury ordeath. Seek medical attentionimmediately if a battery isswallowed.

{ Warning

To avoid personal injury, do nottouch metal surfaces on theremote key when it has beenexposed to extreme heat. Thesesurfaces can be hot to the touchat temperatures above 59 °C(138 °F).

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe remote key. Static from yourbody could damage theremote key.

Caution

Always replace the battery withthe correct type. Replacing thebattery with an incorrect typecould potentially create a risk ofbattery explosion. Dispose ofused batteries according toinstructions and local laws. Donot attempt to burn, crush, or cutthe used battery, and avoidexposing the battery toenvironments with extremely lowair pressures or hightemperatures.

Replace the battery if the DICdisplays REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY.

1. Press the button on the side ofthe remote key and pull themechanical key out. Never pullthe mechanical key out withoutpressing the button.



2. Use the mechanical key bladein the slot to remove thebattery cover by hand.

3. Remove the seal by pulling onthe tab to access the battery.

4. Remove the old battery. Do notuse a metal object.

5. Insert the new battery, negativeside facing down. Replace witha CR2450 or equivalentbattery.

6. Replace the seal, pushing itinto the groove around thebattery compartment.

7. Replace the battery cover bysnapping it back into theremote key.

Remote Vehicle StartThis feature allows the engine to bestarted from outside the vehicle.

S : This button on the remote keyis for remote start.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during aremote start. The rear windowdefogger may come on duringremote start based on cold ambient

conditions. The rear windowdefogger indicator light does notcome on during remote start.

If equipped, the heated andventilated front seats may alsocome on when the vehiclepersonalization setting is enabled.See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 53.

If equipped with a remote startheated steering wheel, it may comeon during a remote start. SeeHeated Steering Wheel 0 87.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsmay require a person using remotestart to have the vehicle in view.Check local regulations for anyrequirements.

If your vehicle is low on fuel, do notuse the remote start feature. Thevehicle may run out of fuel.

The remote key range may beshorter while the vehicle is running.



Other conditions can affect theperformance of the remote key. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 9.

You have a total of 30 minutes ofengine running time. The maximumrun time of a single start is15 minutes, and it will shut offautomatically. You could do three10 minute starts if you manuallyshut off after 10 minutes. The last10 minute start would shut offautomatically as your total30 minutes will have been used.

Starting the Engine Using RemoteStart

1. PressS twice on the remotekey. The turn signal lamps willflash. The lamps flash toconfirm the request to remotestart the vehicle has beenreceived. During the remotestart, the doors will be lockedand the parking lamps willremain on as long as theengine is running.

2. The engine will shut off after15 minutes or after theremainder of the 30 minutetotal running time is used,unless you stop the remotestart before engine running hascompleted or the ignition isturned on.

3. Press the brake pedal and turnthe ignition on to drive thevehicle.

Total Engine Run Time

Remote start can be used for up to30 minutes of total engine run time.

After two remote starts of15 minutes, or multiple shorter timestarts totaling 30 minutes have beenused, the vehicle's ignition must beturned on and then off before theremote start can be used again.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. PressS. The parking lamps willturn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and thenback off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote start will not operate ifany of the following occur:

. The ignition is in any mode otherthan off.

. A remote key is in the vehicle.

. The hatch/trunk is not closed.

. The convertible top is not fullyopen or closed.

. The tonneau cover is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. There is an emission controlsystem malfunction.

. The engine coolant temperatureis too high.

. The oil pressure is low.

. The 30 minutes of engine runtime have been used.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 17. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. The doorscan be unlocked andopened while the vehicle ismoving. The chance ofbeing thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, allpassengers should wearseat belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A child

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

can be overcome byextreme heat and can sufferpermanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopthe vehicle. Locking thedoors can help prevent thisfrom happening.

To lock or unlock a door from theoutside, press H or I on theremote key.

For Keyless Access, hold theremote key within 1 m (3 ft) of thedoor handle. Grip and press thedoor handle touchpad. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 9. This feature can beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 116.



Convertible Shown, Coupe Similar

To lock or unlock the doors from theinside, use the driver power doorlock switch.

H : Press to lock the doors. Theindicator light in the switch willilluminate when locked.

I : Press to unlock the doors.

The passenger power door lockswitch can also be used to lock orunlock the doors.

The fuel door, hood, and hatch/trunkare also locked and unlocked usingeither power door lock switch.


To open a door from the inside,press the door unlatch button.

Loss of Vehicle Electrical Power

If the vehicle has lost battery power,open the doors manually.



From Inside the Vehicle

Pull the driver door release handle.

Pull the passenger door releasehandle.

From Outside the Vehicle

There are two back up key cylindersoutside, one to open the left handdoor and one to open the trunk:

In the air inlet located on the body,rearward of the left door handle.

Remove the license plate to accessthe second backup key lock cylinderfor the trunk.

Free-Turning Locks

The door key lock cylinder turnsfreely when either the wrongmechanical key is used or thecorrect mechanical key is not fullyinserted. The free-turning door lockfeature prevents the lock from beingforced open. To reset the lock, turnit to the vertical position with thecorrect mechanical key fullyinserted. Remove the mechanicalkey and insert it again. If this doesnot reset the lock, turn the



mechanical key halfway around inthe cylinder and repeat the resetprocedure.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the actuallocking of the doors untilfive seconds after all doors areclosed.

When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch with the door open,a chime will sound three timesindicating that delayed locking isactive.

The doors will then lockautomatically five seconds after alldoors are closed. If a door isreopened before five seconds haveelapsed, the five-second timer willreset once all the doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switchagain, or press Q on the remotekey, to override this feature and lockthe doors immediately.

Delayed locking can beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 116.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, theignition is on, and the vehicle isshifted out of P (Park).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on a power door lockswitch.

. Shift the transmission intoP (Park).

If a vehicle door is unlocked andthen opened and closed, the doorswill lock either when your foot isremoved from the brake or thevehicle speed becomes faster than13 km/h (8 mph).

Automatic door locking cannot bedisabled. Automatic door unlockingcan be programmed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 116.

Lockout ProtectionIf the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY and the power doorlock switch is pressed with thedriver door open, all the doors willlock and only the driver door willunlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open,when all doors are closed thevehicle will check for remote keysinside. If a remote key is detectedand the number of remote keysinside has not reduced, the driverdoor will unlock and the horn willchirp three times.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.



Doors

Hood

Hood Release

{ Warning

Do not drive the vehicle if thehood is not latched completely.The hood could open fully, blockyour vision, and cause a crash.You or others could be injured.Always close the hood completelybefore driving.

The hood compartment can beaccessed in several ways.

Ensure the hood is clear of anyobjects before opening.

{ Warning

Turn the vehicle off beforeopening the hood. If the engine isrunning with the hood open, youor others could be injured.

Driver Door Hood Latch ReleaseButton

1. With the transmission inP (Park), pressE on thebottom of the driver door torelease the hood.

2. From the front of the vehicle,lift the hood slightly until thegas strut system automaticallyraises and holds it in the fullyopen position.

3. The hood light and Open Hoodmessage will display in theDriver Information Center (DIC)when the hood is open.

Using the Remote Key

1. PressE twice on theremote key to releasethe hood.



Front Fascia TouchPad



1. Locate the touchpad in the grillopening near the driver sideheadlamp.

2. Press the touchpad once torelease the hood. The remotekey must be within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe hood.



Opening The Hood When There IsNo Electrical Power

The manual release cable shouldonly be used for service and/oremergency use, such as a loss ofvehicle electrical power.

To enter the vehicle in the eventelectrical power has been lost, see“Loss of Vehicle Electrical Power”under Door Locks 0 17.

1. Locate the manual releasecable loop to the left of thebrake pedal.

2. Pull the manual release cabletwice to release the hood.


Emergency Hood Release Button

The underhood compartment isequipped with a glow-in-the-darkemergency hood release button.This button will glow followingexposure to light. Press the buttonto open the hood from inside theunderhood compartment.



Closing the Hood

{ Warning

Do not drive the vehicle if thehood is not latched completely.The hood could open fully, blockyour vision, and cause a crash.You or others could be injured.Always close the hood completelybefore driving.

The hood is not heavy enough tolatch under its own weight. Thehood will remain open until thestriker is pushed into the latch.Ensure the hood is fully latchedbefore taking the vehicle out ofP (Park).

1. Before closing the hood, besure all filler caps are onproperly, and all tools areremoved.

2. Ensure that all cargo is placedaway from the emergency hoodrelease button.

3. Pull the hood down and set thestriker gently into the latch.

4. Firmly press down on the frontedge of the hood until the latchclicks twice.

5. Check that the hood is flush tothe fascia to ensure the hood isfully closed.

Storing Your Vehicle

{ Warning

The emergency hood releasebutton inside the underhoodcompartment will not functionwhen the battery is disconnectedor depleted. To avoid personalinjury or death, always keep thehood fully closed and latchedwhen storing the vehicle. If thehood is not latched, a personcould climb into the underhoodcompartment and inadvertentlyclose the hood. People shouldnever climb inside the underhoodcompartment. Never shut thehood when a person is inside.

See “Opening The Hood WhenThere Is No Electrical Power,”earlier in this section.

Hatch (Trunk)

{ Warning

Components under the hatch,hatch vents, and glass can gethot from running the engine. Tohelp avoid the risk of burningunprotected skin, never touchthese components until they havecooled, and always use a glove ortowel to avoid direct skin contact.

Hatch/Trunk Release

The vehicle must be in P (Park).

{ Warning

When opening or closing thehatch/trunk, keep hands awayfrom the closure area. You orothers could be injured.



To release the hatch/trunk:

{ Warning

Vehicles equipped with a rearspoiler have a small amount ofspace between the hatch/trunk lidand the rear spoiler. To help avoidpotential injury from pinching, liftor close the hatch/trunk lid byusing only the middle section. Ifthe hatch/trunk lid near the areaof the raised portion of the spoileris used, use one hand to raise/lower the hatch/trunk lid enoughto clear the spoiler, and use theother hand to fully open/close thehatch/trunk lid.


. PressN on the driver door.

. Pressp on the remote key twotimes quickly. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) System0 9.

. Press the hatch/trunk releasetouchpad while unlocked, or iflocked, with the remote keywithin 1 m (3 ft). See Keys 0 7.

. From the rear of the vehicle, liftthe hatch/trunk until the gas strutsystem automatically raises andholds it in the fully open position.



Manual Hatch/Trunk Open

Use the mechanical key in thebackup key cylinder behind thelicense plate to manually open thehatch/trunk. The license plate mustbe removed.

To provide more access to theengine or trunk areas, the hatch/trunk can be manually pushed upfor additional travel. Do not applyexcessive force.

Hatch/Trunk Closing

Caution

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in the rear storagecompartments located in thehatch/trunk area. The objectscould damage the underside ofthe hatch/trunk.

Use the pull cup to close the hatch/trunk with light force until the powerlatch feature activates. The hatch/trunk will close the rest of the wayand latch automatically.

Emergency Hatch/TrunkRelease Handle

Caution

Do not use the emergency hatch/trunk release handle as atie-down or anchor point whensecuring items in the hatch/trunkas it could damage the handle.



There is a glow-in-the-darkemergency hatch/trunk releasehandle on the inside back wall ofthe storage compartment. Thishandle will glow following exposure

to light. Pull the release handle toopen the hatch/trunk from theinside.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has a theft-deterrentalarm system.

The indicator light, on theinstrument panel near thewindshield, indicates the status ofthe system.

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.



On Solid : Vehicle is securedduring the delay to arm the system.

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the hood, or the hatch/trunkis open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system isarmed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the remote key.

. Use the Keyless Accesssystem.

. With a door open, press Qon the interior of the door.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating thealarm system is operating.Pressing Q on the remote keya second time will bypass the30-second delay andimmediately arm the alarmsystem.

The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked with themechanical key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the remote key,the horn will chirp and the lights willflash to indicate pre-alarm. If thevehicle is not started, or the door isnot unlocked by pressing K on theremote key during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

The alarm will also be activated ifthe passenger door, the hatch/trunk,or the hood is opened without firstdisarming the system. When thealarm is activated, the turn signalsflash and the horn sounds for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor for the nextunauthorized event.

Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated,do one of the following:

. Press K on the remote key.

. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicleand both doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theremote key or use the KeylessAccess system.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the remote keyand the horn chirps and the lightsflash three times, a previous alarmoccurred while the system wasarmed.

If the alarm has been activated, amessage will appear on the DIC.



Inclination Sensor andIntrusion Sensor

In addition to the standardtheft-deterrent system features, thissystem may also have an inclinationsensor and intrusion sensor.

The inclination sensor can activatethe alarm if it senses movement ofthe vehicle, such as a change invehicle orientation.

The intrusion sensor monitors thevehicle interior, and can activate thealarm if it senses unauthorized entryinto the vehicle’s interior. Do notallow passengers or pets to remainin the vehicle when the intrusionsensor is activated.

Before arming the theft-deterrentsystem and activating the intrusionsensor:

. Make sure both doors andwindows are completely closed.

. Secure any loose items such assunshades.

. Make sure there are noobstructions blocking thesensors.

Intrusion and InclinationSensors Disable Switch

It is recommended that the intrusionand inclination sensors bedeactivated if pets are left in thevehicle or if the vehicle is beingtransported.

When the roof panel is off, or theconvertible top is down, theintrusion system is turned off.

With the vehicle turned off, press oon the overhead console, next toOnStar. The indicator light willdisplay momentarily, indicating thatthese sensors have been disableduntil the next time the alarm systemis armed.

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement0 313.

Immobilizer OperationThe vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The security light comes on in theinstrument cluster if there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system. This lightalso comes on briefly when theengine is started.

The system is automatically armedwhen the ignition is turned off.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when the ignition is turnedon or placed in ACC/ACCESSORYand a valid remote key is found inthe vehicle.

You do not have to manually arm ordisarm the system.

The system has one or more remotekeys that are matched to animmobilizer control unit in thevehicle. Only a correctly matchedremote key starts the vehicle. Thevehicle may not start if the remotekey is damaged.



If the engine does not start and thesecurity light comes on, there maybe a problem with the immobilizersystem. Try starting the vehicleagain.

If the vehicle does not start and theremote key appears to beundamaged, try another remote key.Or, place the remote key in thecupholder backup location. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 9. If the enginestill does not start with the otherremote key, or with the remote keyin the cupholder backup location,the vehicle needs service. If theengine does start, the first remotekey may be faulty. See your dealeror have a new remote keyprogrammed to the vehicle.

The immobilizer system can learnnew or replacement remote keys.Up to eight remote keys can beprogrammed for the vehicle. Toprogram additional remote keys, see“Programming Remote Keys to theVehicle” under Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 9.

Do not leave the remote key ordevice that disarms or deactivatesthe theft-deterrent system in thevehicle.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.



Power Mirrors

To adjust each mirror:

1. Press } or| to select thedriver or passenger side mirror.The indicator light willilluminate.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move the mirror in thedesired position.

3. Adjust each outside mirror sothat a little of the vehicle andthe area behind it can be seen.

4. Press } or| again todeselect the mirror.

Memory Mirrors

The vehicle may have memorymirrors. See Memory Seats 0 50.

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)

The vehicle may have SBZA. SeeSide Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 202.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

If equipped, manually fold themirrors inward toward the vehicle toprevent damage with tight parking.Push the mirror outward to return itto the original position.

Power Folding Mirrors

The outside mirrors fold or unfoldwhen the folding mirror switch ispressed.

If equipped, press { to power foldthe mirrors. Press { again tounfold.

The outside mirrors mayautomatically unfold when thevehicle is driven above 20 km/h(12 mph), but may be folded withthe power folding mirror switch.If the vehicle speed is driven above40 km/h (25 mph) they mayautomatically unfold and may not berefolded with the power foldingmirror switch.

Resetting the Power FoldingMirrors

Reset the power folding mirrors if:


Keys, Doors, and Windows 31. The mirrors are accidentally

obstructed while folding.

. They are accidentally manuallyfolded/unfolded.

. The mirrors do not stay in theunfolded position.

. The mirrors vibrate at normaldriving speeds.

Fold and unfold the mirrors one timeusing the mirror controls to resetthem to their normal position.A noise may be heard during theresetting of the power foldingmirrors. This sound is normal after amanual folding operation.

Remote Mirror Folding

If equipped with power foldingmirrors, remote mirror folding is on,and the mirrors have been foldedwith the power folding mirror switch,they may not be automaticallyunfolded. See “Remote MirrorFolding” under VehiclePersonalization 0 116 to turn on.

If equipped with power foldingmirrors and the mirrors have notbeen folded with the power folding

mirror switch and the vehicle is inP (Park), they may be automaticallyfolded/unfolded as follows:

1. If doors are locked by pressingH on the remote key, themirrors may fold. If doors areunlocked by pressing I on theremote key, the mirrors mayunfold. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation0 9.

2. If doors are unlocked bypressing the driver door handletouchpad, the mirrors mayunfold. See “KeylessUnlocking/Locking from theDriver Door” in RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 9.

3. If passive locking is enabledand doors are locked by thatfeature, the mirrors may fold.See “Passive Locking” inRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 9.

Heated Mirrors

1 : Press to heat the mirrors.

See “Rear Window Defogger” underDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 138.

Automatic DimmingMirrorIf equipped, the driver side mirrorautomatically adjusts for the glare ofheadlamps from behind.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsIf equipped with memory seats, thepassenger and/or driver mirror tiltsto a preselected position when thevehicle is in R (Reverse). Thisallows the curb to be seen whenparallel parking.

The mirror(s) return to the originalposition when:

. The vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), or remains inR (Reverse) for about30 seconds.

. The ignition is turned off.

. The vehicle is driven inR (Reverse) above a set speed.



To turn this feature on or off, seeVehicle Personalization 0 116.

Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind yourvehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Manual Rearview MirrorIf equipped, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it rearward fornighttime use to avoid glare of theheadlamps from behind.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorThe vehicle has an automaticdimming outside mirror on the driverside. The mirror will adjust for theglare of headlamps behind you.

Rear Camera MirrorIf equipped, this automatic dimmingmirror provides a wide angle cameraview of the area behind the vehicle.

Pull the tab to turn on the display.Push the tab to turn it off. When thedisplay is off, the automatic dimmingfunction is active. Adjust the mirrorfor a clear view of the area behindthe vehicle while the display is off.



Press V to scroll through theadjustment options.

Press t and u to adjust thesettings using the indicators on themirror. The indicators will remainvisible for five seconds after the lastbutton activation, and the settingswill remain saved.

The adjustment options are:

. Brightness

. Zoom

. Tilt



{ Warning

The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM)has a limited view. Portions of theroad, vehicles, and other objectsmay not be seen. Do not drive orpark the vehicle using only thiscamera. Objects may appearcloser than they are. Check theoutside mirrors or glance overyour shoulder when making lanechanges or merging. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Troubleshooting

See your dealer for service if a bluescreen and3 are displayed in themirror, and the display shuts off.Also, push the tab as indicated toreturn to the automaticdimming mode.

The Rear Camera Mirror may notwork properly or display a clearimage if:

. There is glare from the sun orheadlamps. This may obstructobjects from view. If needed,push the tab to turn off thedisplay.

. Dirt, snow, or other debris blocksthe camera lens. Clean the lenswith a soft damp cloth.

Coupe Shown, Convertible Similar

. The camera’s mounting on thevehicle has been damaged, and/or the position or the mountingangle of the camera haschanged.

The Rear Camera Mirror will notwork on the convertible with the topdown. Use the tab to switch tostandard mirror display.



Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave the remote key in a vehiclewith children. When there arechildren in the rear seat, use thewindow lockout switch to preventoperation of the windows. SeeKeys 0 7.

Power windows work when thevehicle is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) is active.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 167.


Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.

Window Express Movement

Side windows can be openedwithout holding the window switch.Press the switch down fully andquickly release to express-open theside window.

If equipped, pull the window switchup fully and quickly release toexpress-close the window.



Briefly press or pull the windowswitch in the same direction to stopthe window express movement.

Window Automatic ReversalSystem

The express-close feature willreverse window movement if itcomes in contact with an object.Extreme cold or ice could cause thewindow to auto-reverse. Thewindow will operate normally afterthe object or condition is removed.

Automatic Reversal SystemOverride

{ Warning

If automatic reversal systemoverride is active, the window willnot reverse automatically. You orothers could be injured and thewindow could be damaged.Before using automatic reversalsystem override, make sure thatall people and obstructions areclear of the window path.

Override the automatic reversalsystem by releasing, then pullingand holding the window switch afteran automatic reversal.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming may be necessary ifthe vehicle battery has beendisconnected or discharged. If thewindow will not express-close,program each express-closewindow:

1. Close all doors.

2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

3. Partially open the window to beprogrammed. Then close it andcontinue to pull the switchbriefly after the window hasfully closed.

4. Open the window and continueto press the switch briefly afterthe window has fully opened.

Window Operation withConvertible Top

Windows lower when the convertibletop is lowered or raised. SeeConvertible Top 0 41.

Remote Window Operation

If equipped, this feature allows theside windows to be openedremotely. If enabled in vehiclepersonalization, press and hold Kon the remote key. See VehiclePersonalization 0 116.

Window Indexing

When fully closed, indexingautomatically lowers the window asmall amount when the door isopened. When the door is closed,the window will raise to its previousposition. If either window does notindex properly, it could be due toloss of power. Before seeing yourdealer for service, program thepower windows.



Rear Windows

Midglass (Convertible Only)

PressG to lower the midglass.To provide wind block, the midglasswill not lower completely. Themidglass will also lowerautomatically when lowering theconvertible top.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecenter mount to pivot to the sidewindow and, if equipped, extendalong the rod.

Roof

Roof PanelIf equipped with a removable roofpanel, use the following proceduresto remove or install it.

Caution

If a roof panel is dropped orrested on its edges, the roofpanel, paint, and/orweatherstripping may bedamaged. Always place the roofpanel in the stowage receiversafter removing it from the vehicle.

Caution

Use care when storing andremoving the roof panel. The roofpanel pins and vehicle finishcould be damaged if the roofcontacts the rear of the vehicle.



Removing the Roof Panel

{ Warning

Do not remove a roof panel whilethe vehicle is moving. The panelcould fall into the vehicle andstrike an occupant and cause youto lose control. It could also fly offand strike another vehicle.Remove the roof panel only whenthe vehicle is parked.

It may be necessary to have helpremoving the roof panel.

To remove:

1. Shift transmission intoP (Park).

2. Turn the ignition off and set theparking brake.

3. Lower both sun visors.

4. Open the rear hatch/trunk andremove any items that mayinterfere with proper storage ofthe roof panel.

5. Lower the windows.

There are two release handleson the front and one releasehandle on the rear of the roofpanel.

6. To unlock the front releasehandles, pull them outward,turning fully.

7. Press the button on the front ofthe rear release handle tounlock it. The latch leverwill open.

8. Stand on one side of thevehicle, and if necessary, havesomeone stand on the otherside. Together, carefully lift thefront edge of the roof panel upand forward. Avoid droppingthe rear edge downward.

9. When the roof panel is loose,grasp it as close to the centeras possible and lift it away fromthe vehicle.



Storing the Roof Panel

{ Warning

If a roof panel is not storedproperly, it could be thrown aboutthe vehicle in a crash or suddenmaneuver. People in the vehiclecould be injured. Always use thestowage receivers.

1. Position the roof so that theinterior is facing away from youand the front of the panel isfacing up.

Lower Receivers

2. Insert the roof into the trunkwith the rear end first andposition the rear pins into thelower receivers. Be careful notto hit the roof on the carpet ofthe trunk.

Upper Receivers

3. When in place, the roof panelwill rest on the upper receivers.



{ Warning

Do not push from the sides of theroof panel when seating the panelinto the upper receivers forstorage. Pushing from the sidesmay result in injury from pinchedfingers. Only push along the topedge of the roof panel.

4. Place palms along the topedge of the roof panel andpush with a quick forwardmotion until the roof panellocks into the upper receivers.

Gently pull rearward on theroof to ensure the roof issecure.

Installing the Roof Panel

{ Warning

An improperly attached roof panelmay fall into or fly off the vehicle.You or others could be injured.After installing the roof panel,always check that it is firmlyattached by pushing up on theunderside of the panel. Checknow and then to be sure the roofpanel is firmly in place.

Caution

Installing the roof with the releasehandles in the closed positioncould cause damage to theinterior trim. Always movehandles to the open positionwhen installing the roof.

It is easier if two people install theroof panel.

To install:

1. Shift transmission intoP (Park).

2. Turn the ignition off and set theparking brake.

3. Grasp the roof panel and pulltoward the rear of the vehicleuntil it separates from theupper receivers, being carefulnot to hit the sides of the trunk.Carefully lift the roof panel outof the trunk.

4. Carefully place the roof panelover the top of the vehicle.



5. Position the rear edge of theroof panel next to theweatherstrip on the back of theroof opening. Then align and fitthe pins at the rear of the roofpanel inside the openings inthe rear overhead weatherstrip.Gently lower the front edge ofthe roof panel to the front of theroof opening.

6. Check that theweatherstripping on each sideof the roof panel is under thepanel.

7. Make sure the front releasehandles are in the fully openposition.

8. Push the roof firmly downwardto engage the pins.

9. Turn the front release handlesinward so that they fully latch inthe closed position. It is criticalthat the handles fully latch.

10. Push back and up on the rearrelease handle to insert thehook in the loop.

11. Push and pull the roof panel upand down and side to side toensure the roof panel issecurely installed.

Maintaining the Roof Panel

Caution

Using glass cleaner on a paintedroof panel could damage thepanel. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Do not use glass cleaner on thepainted roof panel.

When cleaning, removing, and/orstoring the roof panel:

. Flush with water to remove dustand dirt, then dry the panel.

. Do not use abrasive cleaningmaterials on the panel.

Convertible TopIf equipped with a convertible top,review the following beforeoperating:



{ Warning

Components under the tonneau,close to the engine, can get hotfrom running the engine. To helpavoid the risk of burningunprotected skin, never touchthese components until they havecooled, and always use a glove ortowel to avoid direct skin contact.

{ Warning

While opening or closing theconvertible top, people can beinjured by the moving parts of thetonneau cover or convertible top.Maintain visual contact with thetop while it is being operated.

Caution

Follow these guidelines whenoperating the convertible top ordamage can occur:

. Remove all items from theroof, trunk lid, or tonneaucover before operating.

. Remove all objects that maycontact the convertible topwhen it is operated.

. Do not leave the vehiclewith the convertibletop open.

. Do not exceed 50 km/h(31 mph) until the top hascompletely closed oropened.

. Do not open or close the topwhile driving in high windconditions.

. Do not operate theconvertible top multipletimes in a short period of

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

time without starting theengine to avoid draining thevehicle battery.

. Only store the vehicle withthe top fully closed.

Opening the Convertible Top —Driver Door Switch

1. Ensure the roof and tonneaucover are clear of any objects.

2. The trunk must be closed.

3. Start the vehicle or place it inACC/ACCESSORY.

4. When possible, operate theconvertible top when thevehicle is stopped. The top canbe operated while drivingbelow 50 km/h (31 mph) andwill stop if that speed isexceeded. The top operationwill take approximately17 seconds. Make sure the topoperation can be completedbefore that speed is reached.



5. Press and holdM. Thewindows will automaticallylower.

6. After the convertible top iscompletely open, a chimesounds and a DriverInformation Center (DIC)message displays. Release theswitch.

If the radio is on, the sound may bemuted for a brief time toautomatically adjust the audio afterthe top is opened.

Opening the Convertible Top —Remote Key

1. Make sure the vehicle is inP (Park).


3. Keep visual contact with thevehicle. Press and release Kon the remote key and thenquickly press and holdM.

4. HoldM until the top iscompletely opened and theexterior lamps flash. A chimewill sound.

If the top stops before it hascompletely opened, press K andthen pressM again.

If the top still stops before it iscompletely open:

. Move closer to the vehicle.

. HoldM until the operation iscomplete.

. Press K and thenM again.Interference from other remotekeys or devices may interruptthe operation.

If the top still does not open, use theconvertible top switch in the vehicle.The convertible top cannot beclosed using the remote key.

See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 9.

Closing the Convertible Top

1. Make sure the sun visor mirrorcovers are closed and the sunvisors are stored in the centermount position.

2. Ensure the roof and tonneaucover are clear of any objects.


4. Start the vehicle or place it inACC/ACCESSORY.

5. When possible, operate theconvertible top when thevehicle is stopped. The top canbe operated while drivingbelow 50 km/h (31 mph) andwill stop if that speed isexceeded. The top operationwill take approximately17 seconds. Make sure the topoperation can be completedbefore that speed is reached.



6. Pull and holdM on the driverdoor switch. The windows willautomatically lower.

7. After the convertible top iscompletely closed, a chimesounds and a DIC messagedisplays. Release the switch.Raise the windows if needed.If the switch is held after thechime sounds, the windows willstart to raise.

If the radio is on, the sound may bemuted for a brief time toautomatically adjust the audio afterthe top is closed.

Troubleshooting theConvertible Top

Check the following if theconvertible top switchM is notoperating:

. The ignition should be on or inACC/ACCESSORY, or RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) shouldbe active.

. The trunk lid must be closed. If itis not, a DIC message willdisplay.

. At cooler outside temperatures,the convertible top may notoperate. It is possible to openthe top down to temperatures ofabout 0 °C (32 °F) and close thetop down to temperatures ofabout −10 °C (14 °F). A DICmessage will display if the topwill not operate due to lowtemperature. If necessary, movethe vehicle to a heated indoorarea to operate the top.

. If the top has recently beenopened and closed repeatedly, itwill be temporarily disabled.A DIC message displays.

Normal operation will berestored within 10 minutes afterthe system has cooled.

. If the vehicle battery is low, thetop operation may be disabled.Try to start the vehicle. A DICmessage displays.

. If the battery has recently beenreconnected or if the vehicle hasbeen jump started, the top maynot operate until the powerwindows have beenprogrammed. Complete thepower window programmingprocedure. See Power Windows0 35.

Other features may be affectedwhile operating the convertible top:

. If you start the vehicle whileusing the remote key to open theconvertible top, the convertibletop will halt the motion. Afterstarting the vehicle, use theconvertible top switch inside thevehicle to continue the topmotion.

. The windows cannot close whilethe top is moving.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 45. When driving with the top not

fully secured, chimes can beheard above 50 km/h (31 mph).

If the vehicle battery has beendisconnected and reconnected,if the fuses were pulled or replaced,or if a jump start was performed, amessage indicating the top is notsecure may display. Press andrelease K and then quickly pressand holdM on the remote key,or press and holdM on the driverdoor switch to open the top, or pulland holdM on the driver doorswitch to close the top until thismessage clears.

Partial Top Cycling

If the convertible top operation isstopped before completion, the topwill temporarily hold its position.Over time, the tonneau may drift toa near closed position.

Opening the Tonneau Cover —Engine Access

{ Warning

When opening or closing thetonneau cover, people can beinjured by the moving parts of thetonneau cover. Maintain visualcontact with the tonneau coverwhen it is in motion and keephands and objects away from themoving parts.

To open the tonneau cover andaccess the engine:

1. Make sure the vehicle is inP (Park).

2. Ensure the tonneau cover isclear of any objects.

3. The trunk and convertible topmust be closed.

4. Keep visual contact with thevehicle. Press and release Qon the remote key and thenquickly press and holdM.

A chime will sound, a DICmessage will display, and theturn signals will flash once.

5. HoldM until the tonneaucover is completely opened.The turn signals will flash once.

In the event the tonneau cover ispartially open, the motion of thetonneau cover will be in theopposite direction upon reactivation.

Closing the Tonneau Cover —Engine Access Function

1. Make sure the vehicle is off.

2. Remove all objects from theengine compartment.



3. The trunk and convertible topmust be closed.

4. Keep visual contact with thevehicle. Press and release Qon the remote key and thenquickly press and holdM.

5. HoldM until the tonneaucover is completely closed.A chime will sound, a DICmessage will display, and theturn signals will flash once.

Troubleshooting the TonneauCover— Engine Access

Check the following if the tonneaucover is not operating properly:

. The remote key must be used.

. The ignition must be off.

. The convertible top must be fullyclosed.

. The remote key may need to becloser to the vehicle.

. Press and release Q and thenquickly press and holdMagain.


Seats and Restraints 47

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Front SeatsPower Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 48Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 49Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Seat BeltsSeat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 61Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 64When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Passenger Sensing System . . . 68Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 72

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 73Replacing Airbag System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Infants and Young Children . . . . 75Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 77Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . . 79

Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . 80

Head RestraintsThe vehicle's front seats have headrestraints in the outboard seatingpositions that cannot be adjusted.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.


48 Seats and Restraints

Front Seats

Power Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

The power seats will work withthe ignition off. Children couldoperate the power seats and beinjured. Never leave childrenalone in the vehicle.

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To adjust the seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks 0 49.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment 0 49.

Obstructions

If something has blocked the seatduring movement, the movementmay stop. Remove the obstructionand try the adjustment again. Ifmovement is still not available, seeyour dealer.

Seat Travel Limit

If the seat or seatback is movedrearward or reclined and makescontact with the carpet behind theseat, the seat will automaticallymove forward a small distance. Theseat movement will stop until allswitches are released andreactivated.



Lumbar Adjustment

Press and hold the control forwardto increase or rearward to decreaselumbar support.

Bolster Adjustment

If equipped, press and hold thecontrol upward to increase ordownward to decrease the sidebolster support.

Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust the seatback:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.



{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the seat belts cannot dotheir job.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear theseat belt properly.

Memory Seats

If equipped, memory seats allow twodrivers to save and recall theirunique seat positions for driving thevehicle, and a shared exit positionfor getting out of the vehicle. Otherfeature positions may also besaved, such as power mirrors andpower steering wheel, if equipped.Memory positions are linked toremote key 1 or 2 for automaticmemory recalls.

Before saving, adjust all availablememory feature positions. Turn thevehicle on and then press andrelease SET; a beep will sound.Then immediately press and hold 1,2, orB (Exit) until two beepssound. To manually recall thesepositions, press and hold 1, 2, orBuntil the saved position is reached.Follow the instructions under“Saving Memory Positions.”

The vehicle identifies the currentdriver’s remote key number (1–8).See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 9. Only remotekeys 1 and 2 can be used forautomatic memory recalls. A DriverInformation Center (DIC) welcome

message indicating the remote keynumber may display for the first fewignition cycles following a remotekey change. For Seat Entry Memoryto work properly, save the positionsto the memory button (1 or 2)matching the remote key numberdisplayed in the DIC welcomemessage. Carry the linked remotekey when entering the vehicle.

Vehicle Personalization Settings

. To have the Seat Entry Memorymovement begin when thevehicle is started, select theSettings menu, then Vehicle,then Seating Position, and thenSeat Entry Memory. Select On orOff. See “Seat Entry Memory”later in this section.

. To begin Seat Exit Memorymovement when the vehicle isturned off and the driver door isopened, or when the vehicle isturned off with the driver dooralready opened, select theSettings menu, then Vehicle,then Seating Position, and then



Seat Exit Memory. Select On orOff. See “Seat Exit Memory”later in this section.

. See Vehicle Personalization0 116 for additional settinginformation.

Identifying Driver Number

To identify the driver number:

1. Move your remote key awayfrom the vehicle.

2. Start the vehicle with anotherremote key. The DIC shoulddisplay the driver number forthe other remote key. Turn thevehicle off and remove theremote key from the vehicle.

3. Start the vehicle with the initialremote key. The DIC shoulddisplay the driver number ofyour remote key.

Saving Memory Positions

Read these instructions completelybefore saving memory positions.

To save preferred driving positions1 and 2:

1. Turn the vehicle on or to ACC/ACCESSORY with remote key1 or 2.

A DIC welcome message mayindicate driver number 1 or 2.

2. Adjust all available memoryfeatures to the desired drivingposition.

3. Press and release SET; a beepwill sound.

4. Immediately press and hold the1 or 2 memory button matchingthe above DIC welcomemessage until two beepssound.

If too much time passesbetween releasing SET andpressing 1, the memoryposition will not be saved andtwo beeps will not sound.Repeat Steps 3 and 4.

1 or 2 corresponds to the drivernumber. See “Identifying DriverNumber” previously in thissection.

5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a seconddriver using 1 or 2.

To save the position forB and SeatExit Memory features, repeatSteps 1–4 usingB. This saves theposition for getting out of thevehicle.

Save preferred memory featurepositions to both 1 and 2 if you arethe only driver.

Manually Recalling MemoryPositions, Both Seats

Press and hold 1, 2, orB to recallthe previously saved memorypositions if you are driver 1 or 2identified in the DIC welcomemessage.

To stop Manual Memory recallmovement, release 1, 2, orB orpress any of the following controls:

. Power seat

. Memory SET

. Power mirror, with the driver orpassenger side mirror selected

. Power steering wheel,if equipped



Manual Memory recall movement for1, 2 orB buttons may be initiatedand will complete to the savedmemory position if the vehicle isshifted in or out of P (Park).

Seat Entry Memory, DriverSeat Only

The vehicle identifies the numberof the current driver’s remote key(1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 9. If theremote key is 1 or 2, and Seat EntryMemory is enabled in vehiclepersonalization, the positions savedto the same memory button number1 or 2 are automatically recalledwhen the vehicle is turned on.Remote keys 3–8 will not provideautomatic memory recalls.

To turn Seat Entry Memory on or off,see “Vehicle PersonalizationSettings” previously in this sectionand Vehicle Personalization 0 116.

The vehicle must be in P (Park) tostart Seat Entry Memory. Seat EntryMemory recall will complete if the

vehicle is shifted out of P (Park)prior to reaching the saved memoryposition.

To stop Seat Entry Memory recallmovement, turn the vehicle off orpress any of the following controls:

. Power seat

. Memory SET, 1, 2, orB



If the saved memory seat positiondoes not automatically recall orrecalls to the wrong positions, thedriver’s remote key number (1 or 2)may not match the memory buttonnumber that positions were savedto. Try storing the position to theother memory button or try the otherremote key.

If the seat or seatback movementrearward or recline makes contactwith the carpet behind the seat, theseat will automatically adjustforward a small distance. If itremains in contact, memory recalls

may not complete. Move the seatand/or seatback forward a smalldistance away from the carpetbehind the seat and try the memoryrecall again.

Seat Exit Memory, DriverSeat Only

Seat Exit Memory is not linked to aremote key. The position saved toB is used for all drivers. To turnSeat Exit Memory on or off, see"Vehicle Personalization Settings"previously in this section andVehicle Personalization 0 116.

If turned on, the position saved toB is automatically recalled whenone of the following occurs:

. The vehicle is turned off and thedriver door is opened within ashort time.

. The vehicle is turned off with thedriver door open.

To stop Seat Exit Memorymovement, press any of thefollowing memory controls:

. Power seat



. Memory SET, 1, 2, orB



Seat Travel Limit

If the rearward or reclining seat orseatback movement makes contactwith the carpet behind the seat, theseat will automatically move forwarda small distance. If it remains incontact, memory recall may notcomplete. Move the seat and/orseatback forward a small distanceaway from the carpet behind theseat and attempt the memory recallagain.

Obstructions

If something has blocked the driverseat while recalling a memoryposition, the recall may stop.Remove the obstruction and try therecall again. If the memory positionstill does not recall, see your dealer.

Heated and VentilatedFront Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, use carewhen using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

If equipped, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the console. Tooperate, the engine must berunning.

Press L or M to heat the driver orpassenger seat.

Press { or C, if equipped, toventilate the driver or passengerseat. A ventilated seat has a fanthat pulls or pushes air through theseat. The air is not cooled.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lights



show three for the highest settingand one for the lowest. If the heatedseats are on high, the level mayautomatically be lowered afterapproximately 30 minutes.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Auto Heated and Ventilated Seats

If the vehicle is equipped with autoheated or ventilated seats, and theengine is running, this feature willautomatically activate the heated orventilated seats at the level requiredby the vehicle's interior temperature.

The active high, medium, low, or offheated or ventilated seat level willbe indicated by the manual heatedand ventilated seat buttons on theconsole.

Use the manual heated andventilated seat buttons on theconsole to turn auto heated orventilated seats off. If the passengerseat is unoccupied, the auto heatedor ventilated seats feature will notactivate that seat. The auto heated

and ventilated seats feature can beprogrammed to always be enabledwhen the vehicle is on.

If equipped with a heated steeringwheel, the auto heated steeringwheel activation will follow theheated seat auto activation and theheated wheel indicator will followthe state of the steering wheel heat.

Remote Start Heated andVentilated Seats

During a remote start (if equipped),the heated or ventilated seats canbe turned on automatically. When itis cold outside, the heated seatsturn on, and when it is hot outsidethe ventilated seats turn on. Theheated or ventilated seats arecanceled when the ignition is turnedon. Press the heated or ventilatedseat button to use the heated orventilated seats after the vehicle isstarted.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The heated or ventilated seats mayturn on during a remote start unlessthey are disabled in the vehiclepersonalization menu. See RemoteVehicle Start 0 15 andVehicle Personalization 0 116.



Seat BeltsThis section describes how to useseat belts properly, and some thingsnot to do.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where aseat belt cannot be worn properly.In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingseat belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingseat belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts.

Always wear a seat belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the seat belts.See Seat Belt Reminders 0 99.

Why Seat Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the seat belts!

When you wear a seat belt, you andthe vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from the seatbelts. That is why wearing seat beltsmakes such good sense.

Questions and Answers AboutSeat Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing aseat belt?

A: You could be— whether you arewearing a seat belt or not. Yourchance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.



Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear seatbelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only. They work withseat belts— not instead of them.Whether or not an airbag isprovided, all occupants still haveto buckle up to get the mostprotection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing seat belts.

How to Wear Seat BeltsProperlyFollow these rules for everyone'sprotection.

There are additional things to knowabout seat belts and children,including smaller children andinfants. If a child will be riding in thevehicle, see Older Children 0 74 orInfants and Young Children 0 75.Review and follow the rules forchildren in addition to the followingrules.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing seat belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a seat belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in front ofyou (if possible).

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strong

pelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour seat belt properly.



Never allow the lap or shoulder beltto become loose or twisted.

Never wear the shoulder belt underboth arms or behind your back.

Always use the correct buckle foryour seating position.

Never route the lap or shoulder beltover an armrest.



{ Warning

The seat belt can be pinched if itis routed under plastic trim on theseat, such as trim around the rearseatback folding handle or sideairbag. In a crash, pinched seatbelts might not be able to provideadequate protection. Never allowseat belts to be routed underplastic trim pieces.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

GT1 Seat GT2/Competition Seat

1. The seat belt has a seat beltguide. The seat belt must berouted through the guide toproperly position the shoulderbelt on occupants whoseshoulder falls below the guidewhen seated. To use the seatbelt guide:

GT1 Seat: Slide the edge ofthe belt webbing through theopening on the guide. Be surethe belt is not twisted. If a childwill be riding in the vehicle, seeOlder Children 0 74 orInfants and Young Children0 75.



GT2/Competition Seat: Unsnapthe guide to open it. Route theseat belt webbing onto theopen guide and snap the guideclosed. Be sure the belt is nottwisted. If a child will be ridingin the vehicle, see OlderChildren 0 74 orInfants and Young Children0 75.

2. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.

3. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. See Child RestraintSystems 0 77. If this occurs, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again. If the lockingfeature stays engaged afterletting the belt go back tostowed position on the seat,move the seat rearward orrecline the seat until theshoulder belt retractor lockreleases.

Engaging the child restraintlocking feature in the frontoutboard seating position may

affect the passenger sensingsystem. See PassengerSensing System 0 68.

If the shoulder portion of thedriver belt is pulled out all theway, the shoulder belt retractorlock feature may be engaged.If this happens, let the belt goback all the way and startagain. If the locking featurestays engaged after letting thebelt go back to stowed positionon the seat, move the seatrearward or recline the seatuntil the shoulder belt retractorlock releases.



4. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSeat Belt Extender 0 61.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

5. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the seat belt slowly.If the seat belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull theseat belt straight out firmly to unlockthe webbing, and then release it.If the webbing is still locked in theretractor, see your dealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure theseat belt is out of the way. If a dooris slammed against a seat belt,damage can occur to both the seatbelt and the vehicle.

Seat Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has seat beltpretensioners for the front outboardoccupants. Although the seat beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the seat belt assembly.They can help tighten the seat beltsduring the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met. Seat beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe seat belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and probablyother parts of the vehicle's seat beltsystem will need to be replaced.See Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash 0 62.

Do not sit on the outboard seat beltwhile entering or exiting the vehicleor at any time while sitting in theseat. Sitting on the seat belt candamage the webbing and hardware.



Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancySeat belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear seat belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a seatbelt is worn properly, it is more likely

that the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making seatbelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Seat Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's seat belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a seat belt is not long enough,your dealer will order you anextender. When you go in to order it,take the heaviest coat you will wear,so the extender will be long enoughfor you. To help avoid personalinjury, do not let someone else useit, and use it only for the seat it ismade to fit. The extender has beendesigned for adults. Never use it forsecuring child restraints. For moreinformation on the proper use and fitof seat belt extenders see theinstruction sheet that comes withthe extender.

Safety System CheckPeriodically check the seat beltreminder, seat belts, buckles, latchplates, retractors, shoulder belt

height adjusters (if equipped), andseat belt anchorages to make surethey are all in working order. Lookfor any other loose or damaged seatbelt system parts that might keep aseat belt system from performingproperly. See your dealer to have itrepaired. Torn, frayed, or twistedseat belts may not protect you in acrash. Torn or frayed seat belts canrip apart under impact forces. If abelt is torn or frayed, have itreplaced immediately. If a belt istwisted, it may be possible tountwist by reversing the latch plateon the webbing. If the twist cannotbe corrected, ask your dealer tofix it.

Make sure the seat belt reminderlight is working. See Seat BeltReminders 0 99.

Keep seat belts clean and dry. SeeSeat Belt Care 0 61.

Seat Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

Seat belts should be properly caredfor and maintained.



Seat belt hardware should be keptdry and free of dust or debris. Asnecessary, exterior hard surfacesand seat belt webbing may be lightlycleaned with mild soap and water.Ensure there is not excessive dustor debris in the mechanism. If dustor debris exists in the system pleasesee the dealer. Parts may need tobe replaced to ensure properfunctionality of the system.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Replacing Seat BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the seat beltsystem in the vehicle. A damagedseat belt system may not properlyprotect the person using it,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the seat belt systems areworking properly after a crash,have them inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofseat belts may not be necessary.But the seat belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the seatbelt assemblies and seat belt guidesinspected or replaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the seat beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the seat belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 100.



Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback or side of theseat closest to the door.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by seatbelts. Even though today's airbags

are also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your seat belt, even withairbags. Airbags are designed towork with seat belts, not replacethem. Also, airbags are notdesigned to inflate in every crash.In some crashes seat belts arethe only restraint. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 65.

Wearing your seat belt during acrash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Airbagsare “supplemental restraints” tothe seat belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a seat beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to, anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Seat belts help keep youin position before and during acrash. Always wear the seat belt,even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The seat belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted airbags.



{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 74 orInfants and Young Children 0 75.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster whichshows the airbag symbol.

The system checks the airbagelectrical system for malfunctions.The light tells you if there is anelectrical problem. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 100.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.



Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the side of theseatbacks closest to the door.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of an

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

inflating airbag must be keptclear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 63.Airbags are designed to inflate if theimpact exceeds the specific airbagsystem's deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used topredict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine the

severity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, andwhether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, inrear impacts, or in many sideimpacts.



In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity oroccupant interaction.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills the

airbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 64.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by seat belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 65.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto seat belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After the frontal and seat-mountedside impact airbags inflate, theyquickly deflate, so quickly that somepeople may not even realize theairbags inflated. Some componentsof the airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 64.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.



{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers after the airbagsinflate. The feature may alsoactivate, without airbag inflation,after an event that exceeds apredetermined threshold.

After turning the ignition off and thenon again, the fuel system will returnto normal operation; the doors canbe locked, the interior lamps can beturned off, and the hazard warningflashers can be turned off using thecontrols for those features. If any ofthese systems are damaged in thecrash they may not operate asnormal.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy 0 315andEvent Data Recorders 0 315.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag system.Improper service can mean that



the airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started.

United States

Canada and Mexico

The words ON and OFF, or thesymbols for on and off, will bevisible during the system check.

When the system check iscomplete, either the word ON orOFF, or the symbol for on or off, willbe visible. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 100.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbagis affected by the passengersensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seatand seat belt.

The sensors are designed to detectthe presence of a properly-seatedoccupant and determine if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagshould be allowed to inflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Rear-facing child restraints shouldnot be transported in the vehicle,even if the airbag is off.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in a

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

forward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thepassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off thepassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notinflate under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag is off.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines an infantis present in a child restraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag,the OFF indicator will light and staylit as a reminder that the airbag isoff. See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 100.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaganytime the system senses that aperson of adult size is sittingproperly in the front outboardpassenger seat.

When the passenger sensingsystem has allowed the airbag to beenabled, the ON indicator will lightand stay lit as a reminder that theairbag is active.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag, depending upon theperson's seating posture and bodybuild. Everyone in the vehicle whohas outgrown child restraints shouldwear a seat belt properly—whetheror not there is an airbag for thatperson.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced right

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

away. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 100 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag ifthe system determines that an infantis present in a child restraint. If achild restraint has been installedand the ON indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints 0 80.

Make sure the seat beltretractor is locked by pullingthe shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor wheninstalling the child restraint,even if the child restraint isequipped with a seat beltlock-off. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the ON indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system mayor may not turn off the airbag for achild in a child restraint dependingupon the child’s size. It is better tosecure child restraints in a rear seat.Consider using another vehicle totransport the child when a rear seatis not available. Never put arear-facing child restraint in the frontseat, even if the ON indicator isnot lit.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the OFF indicator is lit, it could



be because that person is not sittingproperly in the seat or that the childrestraint locking feature is engaged.Use the following steps to allow thesystem to detect that person andenable the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. If the shoulder portion of thebelt is pulled out all the way,the child restraint lockingfeature will be engaged. Thismay unintentionally cause thepassenger sensing system toturn the airbag off for someadult-sized occupants. If thishappens, unbuckle the belt, let

the belt go back all the way,and then buckle the belt againwithout pulling the belt out allthe way.

6. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two to three minutesafter the ON indicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag OFF indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Seat belts help keep the passengerin position on the seat duringvehicle maneuvers and braking,

which helps the passenger sensingsystem maintain the passengerairbag status. See “Seat Belts” and“Child Restraints” in the Index foradditional information about theimportance of proper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 72for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

The ON indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.



{ Warning

Stowing articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seePublication Ordering Information0 312.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if youare close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly.

The operation of the airbag systemcan also be affected by changing,including improperly repairing orreplacing, any parts of the following:

. Airbag system, including airbagmodules, front or side impactsensors, sensing and diagnosticmodule, or airbag wiring

. Front seats, including stitching,seams or zippers

. Seat belts

. Steering wheel, instrumentpanel, ceiling trim, or pillargarnish trim

. Inner door seals, includingspeakers

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag modules and sensors,sensing and diagnostic module, andairbag wiring along with the properreplacement procedures.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery or trim, or withGM covers, upholstery or trim



designed for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System0 68.

If the vehicle must be modifiedbecause you have a disability andhave questions about whether themodifications will affect the vehicle’sairbag system, or if you havequestions about whether the airbagsystem will be affected if the vehicleis modified for any other reason, callCustomer Assistance. SeeCustomer Assistance Offices 0 305.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 100.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 64. See your dealerfor service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot properly protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 100.



Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle’s seat belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, return to the booster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper seat belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear seat belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.

It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use seat beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same seat belt. Theseat belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A seat belt mustbe used by only one person ata time.



{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear theseat belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes the

need, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the seatbelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided byappropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's seat belt system nor itsairbag system is designed for them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant or child should besecured in an appropriate childrestraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injured

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.



Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimescalled child seats or car seats.

There are three basic types ofchild restraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rear-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether thechild restraint is compatible with thevehicle in which it will be used.

For each type of child restraint,there are many different modelsavailable. When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure it is designed to beused in a motor vehicle. If it is, thechild restraint will have a labelsaying that it meets federal motorvehicle safety standards.

The instruction manual that isprovided with the child restraintstates the weight and heightlimitations for that particular child

restraint. In addition, there are manykinds of child restraints available forchildren with special needs.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle seat beltmay not remain low on the hipbones, as it should. Instead, itmay settle up around the child'sabdomen. In a crash, the beltwould apply force on a body areathat is unprotected by any bonystructure. This alone could causeserious or fatal injuries. To reduce

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the risk of serious or fatal injuriesduring a crash, young childrenshould always be secured in anappropriate child restraint.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Restraint

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.



The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Restraint

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child'sbody with the harness.

Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat isused for children who haveoutgrown their forward-facing childrestraint. Boosters are designed toimprove the fit of the vehicle's seatbelt system until the child is largeenough for the vehicle seat belts tofit properly without a booster seat.See the seat belt fit test in OlderChildren 0 74.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle seat belt,following the instructions thatcame with that child restraint andthe instructions in this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraints mustbe secured in vehicle seats by lapbelts or the lap belt portion of alap-shoulder belt. A child can beendangered in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the following:

1. Instruction labels provided onthe child restraint



2. Instruction manual providedwith the child restraint

3. This vehicle owner's manual

The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle— even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)Some child restraints have a LATCHsystem. As part of the LATCHsystem, your child restraint mayhave lower attachments and/or a toptether. The LATCH system can helphold the child restraint in placeduring driving or in a crash. Somevehicles have lower and/or toptether anchors designed to secure achild restraint with lowerattachments and/or a top tether.

Some child restraints with a toptether are designed to be usedwhether the top tether is anchoredor not. Other child restraints requirethat the top tether be anchored.A national or local law may requirethat the top tether be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

Your vehicle does not have loweranchors or top tether anchors tosecure a child restraint with theLATCH system. If a national or locallaw requires that your top tether beanchored, do not use a childrestraint in this vehicle because atop tether cannot be properlyanchored. You must use the seatbelts to secure your child restraint inthis vehicle, unless a national orlocal law requires that the top tetherbe anchored. Refer to the childrestraint instructions andinstructions in this manual forsecuring a child restraint using thevehicle's seat belts. See SecuringChild Restraints 0 80.



Securing Child RestraintsThis vehicle has airbags. Inaddition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagunder certain conditions. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 68andPassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 100 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflating

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

airbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, no system is fail-safe. Noone can guarantee that an airbagwill not deploy under someunusual circumstance, eventhough it is turned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

See Passenger Sensing System0 68 for additional information.

Rear-facing child restraints shouldnot be installed in the vehicle, evenif the airbag is off.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.



Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the childrestraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, the OFF indicator onthe passenger airbag statusindicator should light and staylit when you start the vehicle.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 100.

2. Be sure that the shoulder beltis routed through the seat beltguide. See Lap-Shoulder Belt0 58 for proper belt routing.

3. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

4. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle seat belt throughor around the restraint. Thechild restraint instructions willshow you how.

5. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

6. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.



7. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 6 and 7.

8. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbag is off, the OFF indicatorin the passenger airbag statusindicator will come on and stay onwhen the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the ON indicator is lit, see “Ifthe On Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint ” under PassengerSensing System 0 68.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.


Storage 83

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . . 83Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84Center Console Storage . . . . . . . 85

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Glove Box

The glove box locks when ValetMode is enabled. See VehiclePersonalization 0 116.

Cupholders

Press the top of the cover to accessthe cupholders.

Front StorageThere is storage in the front, underthe hood. To access the frontstorage, open the hood. See Hood0 21.


84 Storage

If equipped, the vehicle has aconvenience net to be used forsmall loads. Attach the net to thehooks of the storage area. The netshould not be used to store heavyloads.

Rear Storage

Caution

Do not store sharp objects in thecorners of the rear storagecompartments in the trunk/hatch

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

area. Trunk carpet andcomponents behind the carpetcould be damaged.

If equipped, the vehicle has aconvenience net to be used forsmall loads. Attach the net to thehooks of the storage area. The netshould not be used to store heavyloads.

Rear Center Storage

There is storage in the centerbehind the two front seats.

If equipped, there is a wirelesssmartphone charger in the pocket.


Storage 85

Center Console Storage

To open, press the button on thedriver side.

Depending on the options, theremay be two USB ports and anauxiliary port inside.

The center console locks when thecar alarm is armed. See VehicleAlarm System 0 26.

The center console locks whenValet Mode is enabled. See VehiclePersonalization 0 116.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo Tie-DownsThe cargo tie-downs can be used tosecure small loads under theconvenience net inside the trunk.

Convenience NetIf equipped, the vehicle has twoconvenience nets to be used forsmall loads. One in the rear trunkarea and one in the front storagearea. See Front Storage 0 83.

Attach the net to the hooks in thestorage area. The net should not beused to store heavy loads.


86 Instruments and Controls

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 87Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 87Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . 87Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 87Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Transmission TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . 99Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 100Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Charging System Light . . . . . . . 101Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 102

Front Lift System Light . . . . . . . 103Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Traction Control System (TCS)/Electronic Stability ControlLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Electronic Stability Control(ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 106Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 107Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 107Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 108Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 108Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Information DisplaysDriver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . 110

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Engine Power Messages . . . . . 115Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 115

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 116

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . . 121Universal Remote SystemProgramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Universal Remote SystemOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123


Instruments and Controls 87

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

Press the control to move the tiltand telescoping steering wheel upand down or forward and rearward.

Both the tilt and telescoping steeringcolumn positions can be stored withyour memory settings, if equipped.See Memory Seats 0 50.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See “Steering WheelControls” in the infotainmentmanual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped, press to turn theheated steering wheel on or off.A light next to the button displayswhen the feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to be fully heated.

If equipped with remote start heatedseat, the heated steering wheel willfollow heated seats in remote start.

HornPressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the right side of the steeringcolumn.

With the ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, move the windshieldwiper lever to select the wiperspeed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.



INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn theNband up for more frequent wipes ordown for less frequent wipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

f : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray washerfluid and activate the wipers. Thewipers will continue until the lever isreleased or the maximum wash timeis reached. When the lever isreleased, additional wipes mayoccur depending on how long thewindshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 231for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 236.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

{ Warning

Before driving the vehicle, alwaysclear snow and ice from the hood,windshield, roof, and rear of thevehicle, including all lamps andwindows. Reduced visibility fromsnow and ice buildup could leadto a crash.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing, the wiperscontinue to run until they reach thebase of the windshield.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay on the center stack. Thecompass receives its heading andother information from the GlobalPositioning System (GPS) antenna,Electronic Stability Control, andvehicle speed information.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compass



display shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine when aGPS signal is restored and providea heading again.

ClockThe time and date for the clock canbe set using the infotainmentsystem. See “Time/Date” in“System” under “Settings” in theinfotainment manual.

Power OutletsThere are two accessory poweroutlets:

Interior Power Outlet Underhood Power Outlet

The outlet under the glove box canbe used to plug in electricalequipment, such as a cell phone.

Lift the cover to access and replacewhen not in use.

The power outlet under the glovebox is powered when the ignition ison or in ACC/ACCESSORY, or untilthe driver door is opened within10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 167.

The underhood outlet is powered atall times. The vehicle battery mayrun down if the power outlet is used



while the ignition is off. Use thispower outlet for plugging in thebattery maintainer, if equipped.

{ Warning

Power is always supplied to theunderhood outlet. Do not leaveelectrical equipment plugged inwhen the vehicle is not in usebecause the vehicle could catchfire and cause injury or death.

Caution

Leaving electrical equipmentplugged in for an extended periodof time while the vehicle is off willdrain the battery. Always unplugelectrical equipment when not inuse and do not plug in equipmentthat exceeds the maximum20 amp rating.

Certain electrical accessories maynot be compatible with theaccessory power outlet and could

overload vehicle or adapter fuses.If a problem is experienced, seeyour dealer.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions included withthe equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 208.

It is recommended that a qualifiedtechnician or dealer be seen for theproper installation of yourequipment.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Wireless ChargingIf equipped, the vehicle has awireless charging pocket betweenthe driver and passenger seatbacks.The system operates at 145 kHz

and wirelessly charges one Qicompatible smartphone. The poweroutput of the system is capable ofcharging at a rate up to 3 amps(15W), as requested by thecompatible smartphone. See RadioFrequency Statement 0 313.

{ Warning

Wireless charging can affect theoperation of an implantedpacemaker or other medicaldevices. If you have one, it isrecommended to consult withyour doctor before using thewireless charging system.

The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) must beactive. The wireless chargingfeature may not correctly indicatecharging when the vehicle is in RAP.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 167.



The operating temperature is −20 °C(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for thecharging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to35 °C (95 °F) for the smartphone.

{ Warning

Remove all objects from thecharging pocket before chargingyour compatible smartphone.Objects, such as coins, keys,rings, paper clips, or cards,between the smartphone and thecharger will become very hot. Onthe rare occasion that thecharging system does not detectan object, and the object getswedged between the smartphoneand the charger, remove thesmartphone and allow the objectto cool before removing it fromthe charging pocket, to preventburns.

To charge a compatible smartphone:

1. Remove all objects from thecharging pocket. The systemmay not charge if there are anyobjects between thesmartphone and chargingpocket.

2. Place the smartphone withscreen facing out of thecharging pocket.

To maximize the charge rate,ensure the smartphone is fullyseated and centered in theholder with nothing under it.A thick smartphone case mayprevent the wireless charger

from working, or may reducethe charging performance. Seeyour dealer for additionalinformation.

3. A green $ next to V will appearon the infotainment display.This indicates that thesmartphone is properlypositioned and charging. If $turns yellow, ensure that thecharging pad is clear of anyobjects and that thesmartphone is capable ofwireless charging beforerepositioning it. If a smartphoneis placed in the chargingpocket and $ does not appear,remove the smartphone fromthe pocket, turn it 180 degrees,and wait three seconds beforeinserting the smartphone in thepocket again.

The smartphone may becomewarm during charging. This isnormal. In warmertemperatures, the speed ofcharging may be reduced.



Software Acknowledgements

Certain Wireless Charging Moduleproduct from LG Electronics, Inc.("LGE") contains the open sourcesoftware detailed below. Refer tothe indicated open source licenses(as are included following thisnotice) for the terms and conditionsof their use.

OSS Notice Information

To obtain the source code that iscontained in this product, pleasevisit http://opensource.lge.com. Inaddition to the source code, allreferred license terms, warrantydisclaimers and copyright noticesare available for download. LGElectronics will also provide opensource code to you on CD-ROM fora charge covering the cost ofperforming such distribution (suchas the cost of media, shipping, andhandling) upon e-mail request [email protected]. This offer isvalid for three (3) years from thedate on which you purchased theproduct.

Freescale-WCT library

Copyright (c) 2012-2014 FreescaleSemiconductor, Inc.. All rightsreserved.

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, this list of conditionsand the following disclaimer.

2. Redistributions in binary formmust reproduce the abovecopyright notice, this list ofconditions and the followingdisclaimer in thedocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution.

3. Neither the name of thecopyright holder nor the namesof its contributors may be usedto endorse or promote productsderived from this softwarewithout specific prior writtenpermission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDEDBY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERSAND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIEDWARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT

NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIEDWARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENTSHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDEROR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLEFOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,EXEMPLARY, ORCONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITEDTO, PROCUREMENT OFSUBSTITUTE GOODS ORSERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESSINTERRUPTION) HOWEVERCAUSED AND ON ANY THEORYOF LIABILITY, WHETHER INCONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,OR TORT (INCLUDINGNEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OFTHE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,EVEN IF ADVISED OF THEPOSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.



Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started toindicate they are working. Whenone of the warning lights comes onand stays on while driving, or whenone of the gauges shows there maybe a problem, check the section thatexplains what to do. Waiting to dorepairs can be costly and evendangerous.



Instrument Cluster

Tour Mode Shown, Other Modes Similar



Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display areain the center of the instrumentcluster.

Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.

Press S or T to access the clusterapplications. Use the thumbwheel toscrolly or z through the list ofavailable features. Press thethumbwheel to select. Not allapplications will be available on allvehicles.

. Info Pages: The selected DriverInformation Center (DIC)displays can be viewed. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)0 108.

. Performance

. Audio

. Options

. Simplify

Performance

Press the thumbwheel to enter thePerformance menu. Scroll throughthe available items.

G-force : Gives the driver anindication of the vehicleperformance in cornering. TheG-force gauge will show as an infotile on the left side of the cluster,if selected.

Friction Bubble : A four quadrantvisual display, indicative of the fourcorners of the car, with a “bubble”showing where the most inertia isbeing exerted on the vehicle.

Performance Timer : Press thethumbwheel to enter the setupmenu, then select Set Start Speed.Scroll to desired Start Speed, thenpress the thumbwheel to save it.While on this menu, to change theEnd Speed, scroll to End Speed anduse the thumbwheel to scroll todesired End Speed. Press thethumbwheel to save it. On the nextacceleration, the performance timerwill record the time. Pressing thethumbwheel while the timer isrunning will cancel the timer if donebefore reaching the End Speed.

Lap Timer (without PDR) : PressT when Lap Timer is displayed tostart, stop, or reset the lap timer.Press the thumbwheel while the LapTimer page is active to start thetimer. If the lap timer is active,pressing the thumbwheel will stopthe current lap timer and start a newlap. Pressing the thumbwheel within10 seconds after completing the lastlap (Stop Lap Timer option isdisplayed), the Lap Timer will stop.



Lap Timer (with PDR) : The laptimes recorded with the PDR systemwill automatically be displayed inthis window. This only happens if atrack has been selected in the PDRsystem and a video recording isstarted. See Performance DataRecorder (PDR) 0 131.

Oil Temperature : Shows thecurrent oil temperature in eitherdegrees Celsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Oil Pressure : Shows the current oilpressure in either kilopascal (kPa) orin pounds per square inch (psi).

Battery Voltage : Shows thecurrent battery voltage.

Transmission FluidTemperature : Shows thetemperature of the transmission fluidin either degrees Celsius (°C) ordegrees Fahrenheit (°F).

Tire Status : Shows individual tirepressures and overall temperatureas either Cold, Cool, Normal, Warm,or Hot. Normal is typical for normaldriving while Warm is typical for

aggressive driving. Unknown maybe displayed if tire temperatureinformation is unavailable.

eLSD (Z51 Only) : Displays theamount of rear differential couplingwhen the Electronic Limited-SlipDifferential (eLSD) is active andfunctioning during vehicle operation.A reading of 1% is an opendifferential and 100% is locked. It isnormal for the value to make smallor large changes due to drivingconditions and driver inputs. SeeLimited-Slip Differential (with Z51)0 195 orLimited-Slip Differential (withoutZ51) 0 194.

Front Lift : During a driverrequested Front Lift (if equipped),the driver may "remember" usingthe S, or dismiss the display bypressing the thumbwheel. When theFront Lift is Raised due to location,the driver may delete that storedlocation using the S, or dismiss thedisplay by pressing the thumbwheel.

See Front Lift System 0 190.

Audio

In the Audio menu, use thethumbwheel to scroll through audiopresets.

Options

Use the thumbwheel to scrollthrough items in the Options menu.

Units

Press the thumbwheel while Units isdisplayed to enter the Units menu.Choose US or metric units bypressing the thumbwheel while thedesired item is highlighted.A selected mark will be displayednext to the selected item.

Display Themes

Press the thumbwheel to enter theDisplay menu. There are sixinstrument cluster displayconfigurations to choose from.Sport, Tour, Track, Weather, MyMode, and Z-Mode. The style of thecluster will change depending onthe theme selected.

Default is linked to Driver mode.Other display themes can be set



If in Z-Mode or My Mode then thosedisplays plus HUD (if equipped) canbe set.

. Sport/Z-Mode: Displays CoolantTemperature, Fuel Gauge,Compass, Drive Mode Indicator,Odometer, Speed, Tachometer,Electronic Transmission Range,Current Gear, Active FuelManagement (AFM), PeakPerformance, Performance ShiftLights, Speed Limit, Info Area,and Interaction Area.

. Tour/Weather/My Mode:Displays Coolant Temperature,Fuel Gauge, Compass, DriveMode Indicator, Odometer,Speed, Tachometer, ElectronicTransmission Range, CurrentGear, Active Fuel Management(AFM), Peak Performance,Speed Limit, Info Area, andInteraction Area.

. Track: Displays CoolantTemperature, Fuel Gauge,Performance TractionManagement, Drive ModeIndicator, Speed, Tachometer,

Electronic Transmission Range,Current Gear, Info Area, andInteractive Area.

Preset info tiles shown on eachlayout:

Sport : G-Force, Oil Temperature

Track : Oil Pressure, TransmissionsFluid Temperature, Tire Pressure &Tire Temperature, Oil Temperature

Tour : Economy Trend, Oil Pressure

Weather : Battery Voltage, TireStatus

Z-Mode : Oil Temperature, G-Force

My Mode : Economy Trend, OilPressure

Head-Up Display (HUD) Rotation

Press the thumbwheel while AdjustRotation is highlighted to enterAdjust Mode. Scroll to adjust theangle of the HUD display. Press thethumbwheel to confirm and save thesetting. This feature may only beavailable in P (Park).

Speed Warning

The Speed Warning display allowsthe driver to set a speed that theydo not want to exceed. To set theSpeed Warning, press thethumbwheel when Speed Warning isdisplayed, or press the thumbwheelon the main view to set the speedvalue. Scroll to adjust the value.Press the thumbwheel to set thespeed. Once the speed is set, thisfeature can be turned off bypressing the thumbwheel whileviewing this page. If the selectedspeed limit is exceeded, a pop-upwarning is displayed with a chime.

Software Info

Press T while Software Info ishighlighted to display open sourcesoftware information.

Simplify

Press the thumbwheel to enter theSimplify menu. Simplify mode allowscertain features of the instrumentcluster to be hidden. These featuresinclude info tiles and interactiveareas.



Scroll to the desired features withthe thumbwheel, and press to togglethem on or off.

Using the thumbwheel, except toacknowledge an alert, will exitSimplify mode.

The selected features will stayhidden even after starting andrestarting the vehicle, unlessSimplify mode is manually canceled.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 108.

TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

Shift lights will not appear until theengine is warm.

Caution

If the engine is operated with therpm’s in the warning area at thehigh end of the tachometer, thevehicle could be damaged, andthe damage would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Do notoperate the engine with the rpm’sin the warning area.

Fuel Gauge

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There is stilla little fuel left, but the fuel tankshould be filled soon.

Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge indicated the tank washalf full, but it actually took alittle more or less than half thetank's capacity to fill the tank.


Instruments and Controls 99. The gauge moves a little while

turning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.

Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

This gauge shows the enginecoolant temperature.

If the gauge pointer moves into thered zone, the engine is too hot.

This reading indicates the samething as the warning light. It meansthat the engine coolant hasoverheated. If the vehicle has beenoperating under normal drivingconditions, pull off the road, stop thevehicle, and turn off the engine as

soon as possible. See EngineOverheating 0 230 for moreinformation.

TransmissionTemperature Gauge

This gauge will display when thetransmission is experiencingabnormal temperatures.

As the transmission begins tooverheat, the gauge fills to the right.

The Transmission TemperatureGauge monitors all aspects of thetransmission. Elevated transmissiontemperatures may not be reflectedin the Transmission FluidTemperature cluster display gauge.

Messages will display to indicate theseverity of the overheating. As thegauge fills up there will be areduction in vehicle performance.

Once full, the transmission isoverheated and a message to stopsafely will display. Do not drive thevehicle until the message clears.See Dual Clutch Transmission0 170 for more information.

Seat Belt Reminders

Driver Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver seat belt reminderlight on the instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.



If the driver seat belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a passenger seat beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 68.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind passengers to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle continues several times ifthe passenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the passenger seat belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger seat beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seatsuch as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop, or otherelectronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe seat belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), the passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see Airbag System0 63.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 68 for important



safety information. The overheadconsole has a passenger airbagstatus indicator.

United States

Canada and Mexico

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or thesymbols for on and off, for severalseconds as a system check. Then,after several more seconds, thestatus indicator will light either ONor OFF, or the on or off symbol, tolet you know the status of the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag.

If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag isallowed to inflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol islit on the airbag status indicator, itmeans that the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, if thereare no lights at all, or if the airbagreadiness light is on, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service right away.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced right

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

away. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 100 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Charging System Light

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the ignition is turnedon, but the engine is not running, asa check to show the light is working.The light turns off when the engineis started. If it does not, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery.



When this light comes on, the DriverInformation Center (DIC) alsodisplays a message.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radioand air conditioner.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the ignition is inService Mode. See IgnitionPositions 0 164.

Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do notmeet the original tirespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead to

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

costly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle’s ability to passan Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 211.

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 secondsbefore restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow theprevious guidelines and see yourdealer for service as soon aspossible.



If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. If fuel has been added to thevehicle using the capless funneladapter, make sure that it hasbeen removed. See “Filling theTank with a Portable Gas Can”under Filling the Tank 0 205.The diagnostic system candetect if the adapter has beenleft installed in the vehicle,allowing fuel to evaporate intothe atmosphere. A few drivingtrips with the adapter removedmay turn off the light.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require atleast one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off. SeeRecommended Fuel 0 204.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that arenot used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affectvehicle operation. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 208. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the ignition is inService Mode.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and may requireseveral days of routine drivingbefore the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.

Front Lift System Light



If equipped, this light will flash toindicate when the front of thevehicle is being raised or lowered.An up or down arrow in the light willdisplay, depending on the directionof movement. The light will stay litwhile the front is fully raised.

Brake System WarningLight

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the vehicle is turned on. If itdoes not come on then, have it fixedso it will be ready to warn you ifthere is a problem.

If the light comes on and stays on atstart up, there is a brake problem.Have the brake system inspectedright away.

If the light comes on while driving,pull off the road and stop carefully.The brake pedal might be harder topush, or the brake pedal may gocloser to the floor. It could takelonger to stop. If the light is still on,have the vehicle towed for service.See Towing the Vehicle 0 272.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English

This light comes on when theparking brake is applied. If the lightcontinues flashing after the parkingbrake is released, or while driving,there is a problem with the ElectricParking Brake system. A messagemay also display in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.



Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

This light should come on brieflywhen the vehicle is turned on. If itdoes not come on, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn if there is aproblem.

If this light stays on or comes onwhile driving there is a problem withthe Electric Parking Brake (EPB),take the vehicle to a dealer as soonas possible. In addition to theparking brake, other safety functionsthat utilize the EPB may also bedegraded. A message may alsodisplay in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Electric ParkingBrake 0 178.

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

If the light comes on while driving,stop as soon as it is safely possibleand turn off the vehicle. Then startthe engine again to reset thesystem. If the ABS light stays on,or comes on again while driving, thevehicle needs service. A chime mayalso sound when the light comes onsteady.

If the ABS light is the only light on,the vehicle has regular brakes, butthe antilock brakes are notfunctioning.

If both the ABS and the brakesystem warning light are on, thevehicle's antilock brakes are notfunctioning and there is a problemwith the regular brakes. See yourdealer for service.

See Brake System Warning Light0 104.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/Stability Controlbutton.



This light and the Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) OFF light come onwhen ESC is turned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 181.

Traction Control System(TCS)/Electronic StabilityControl Light

If equipped, the Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) or TCS indicator/warning light comes on briefly whenthe engine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS, and potentially the ESCsystem have been disabled.

If the indicator/warning light is onand flashing, the TCS and/or theESC system is actively working.


Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when the ESCsystem is turned off. If ESC is off,the Traction Control System (TCS)is also off.

If the ESC and TCS are off, thesystem does not assist in controllingthe vehicle. Turn on the TCS andthe ESC systems and the warninglight turns off.


Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC)tire pressure message may alsodisplay. Stop as soon as possible,



and inflate the tires to the pressurevalue shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See TirePressure 0 254.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 257.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating range

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

and the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and may havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Security Light

The security light should come onbriefly as the engine is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operation0 28.

High-Beam On Light



This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 126.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use. SeeExterior Lamp Controls 0 125.

Cruise Control Light

For vehicles with cruise control, thecruise control light is white when thecruise control is on and ready, andturns green when the cruise controlis set and active.

The light turns off when the cruisecontrol is turned off. See CruiseControl 0 196.

Door Ajar Light

This light comes on when a door isopen or not securely latched. Beforedriving, check that all doors areproperly closed.

Information Displays

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The Info application is only availablewhen the ignition is on. The displaysshow the status of many vehiclesystems.

S or T : Press to move left or rightbetween the interactive displayzones in the cluster. Press thethumbwheel to select.



y or z : Use the thumbwheel toscroll up or down in a list. Press thethumbwheel to select.

DIC Info Pages

The following is the list of allpossible DIC info displays.Depending on the vehicle, somemay not be available.

Trip 1 or 2/Average Speed/Average Fuel Economy : Tripdisplays the current distancetraveled, in either kilometers (km) ormiles (mi), since the trip odometerwas last reset. The trip odometercan be reset by pressing andholding the thumbwheel while thisdisplay is active.

Average Speed displays theaverage speed of the vehicle inkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressing andholding the thumbwheel while thisdisplay is active.

Average Fuel Economy displays theapproximate average liters per100 kilometers (L/100 km) or milesper gallon (mpg). This number iscalculated based on the number ofL/100 km (mpg) recorded since thelast time this menu item was reset.This number reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, andwill change as driving conditionschange. The Average FuelEconomy can be reset by pressingand holding the thumbwheel whilethis display is active.

Oil Life : Displays an estimate ofthe oil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 218.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance is

recommended in the MaintenanceSchedule. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 287.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will notreset itself. Do not reset the Oil Lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than when the oil has justbeen changed. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oil change.To reset the engine oil life system,press and hold the thumbwheel forseveral seconds while the Oil Lifedisplay is active. See Engine OilLife System 0 221.

Tire Pressure : Displays theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber. See Tire PressureMonitor System 0 256 andTire Pressure Monitor Operation0 257.



Transmission Fluid Life : Displaysan estimate of the fluid's remaininguseful life. If REMAINING FLUIDLIFE 99% is displayed, that means99% of the current fluid life remains.

When the remaining fluid life is low,the CHANGE TRANSMISSIONFLUID SOON message will appearon the display. The fluid should bechanged as soon as possible. SeeDual Clutch Transmission Fluid LifeSystem 0 223. In addition to theTransmission Fluid Life systemmonitoring the fluid life, additionalmaintenance is recommended in theMaintenance Schedule. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 287.

The Fluid Life display must be resetafter each fluid change. It will notreset itself. Do not reset the FluidLife display accidentally at any timeother than when the fluid has justbeen changed. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next fluidchange. To reset the TransmissionFluid Life system, press and holdSEL for several seconds while theFluid Life display is active.

Fuel Economy : Displays theaverage fuel economy, the best fueleconomy over the selecteddistance, and a bar graph showinginstantaneous fuel economy.Pressing the thumbwheel will opena menu to change the selecteddistance or reset the current values.

Timer/Fuel Used : This display canbe used as a timer. To start/stop thetimer, press the thumbwheel whilethis display is active and then selectthe start/stop the timer. The displaywill show the amount of time thathas passed since the timer was lastreset. To reset the timer to zero,press the thumbwheel to access themenu while this display is active.

Fuel Used displays the approximateliters (L) or gallons (gal) of fuel thathave been used since last reset.The fuel used can be reset bypressing the thumbwheel andselecting Reset Fuel Used inthe menu.

Economy Trend : Shows theinstantaneous fuel economy andcurrent gas mileage.

Speed Limit : Displays signinformation, which comes from aroadway database in the on-boardnavigation.

Engine Hours/Lifetime Revs :Displays the total number of hoursthe engine has run. It also showstotal engine revolutions divided by10,000.

Head-Up Display (HUD)

{ Warning

If the HUD image is too bright,or too high in your field of view, itmay take you more time to seethings you need to see when it isdark outside. Be sure to keep theHUD image dim and placed low inyour field of view.

If equipped with HUD, someinformation concerning theoperation of the vehicle is projectedonto the windshield.



The HUD information appears as animage focused out toward the frontof the vehicle.

Caution

If you try to use the HUD imageas a parking aid, you maymisjudge the distance anddamage your vehicle. Do not usethe HUD image as a parking aid.

The HUD information can bedisplayed in various languages. Thespeedometer reading and othernumerical values can be displayedin either English or metric units.

The language selection is changedthrough the radio and the units ofmeasurement is changed throughthe instrument cluster. See VehiclePersonalization 0 116 and “Settings”under Instrument Cluster 0 94.

The HUD may display differentalerts and information for vehiclesequipped with these features:

. Speedometer

. Tachometer

. Manual Paddle Shift GearIndicator

These displays on the HUD arefor use when using the manualpaddle shift controls to shift thetransmission. See “ManualPaddle Shift” in Dual ClutchTransmission 0 170.

. G-Force Gauge

. Upcoming Maneuver fromOn-Board Navigation

. Upcoming Maneuver fromOnStar

. Incoming Call

The HUD control is to the left of thesteering wheel on the instrumentpanel.

To adjust the HUD image so thatitems are properly displayed:

1. Adjust the driver seat.

2. Start the engine.

3. Adjust the following HUDsettings as needed.

$ : Press or lift to adjust thevertical position of the HUD imagein the windshield.

! : Press to select the displayview. Each press will cause thedisplay view to change to the nextview. If vehicle messages aredisplayed, pressing the DIC selectbutton may clear the message. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)0 108.

D : Lift and hold to brighten thedisplay. Press down and hold to dimthe display. Hold down to turn thedisplay off.

The HUD image will automaticallydim and brighten to compensate foroutside lighting. The HUDbrightness control can also beadjusted as needed.

The HUD image can temporarilylight up depending on the angle andposition of the sunlight on the HUDdisplay. This is normal.



Polarized sunglasses could makethe HUD image harder to see.

Head-Up Display (HUD) RotationOption

This feature allows for adjusting theangle of the HUD image.

Use the right steering wheelcontrols to open and scroll throughdifferent items and displays.

The vehicle must be in P (Park).

While in the options menu, press wor x to scroll to the HUD rotationpage. Press the thumbwheel whileHead-Up Display Rotation ishighlighted to enter Adjust Mode.

Press w or x to adjust the angle ofthe HUD display. Press SEL to savethe setting. To cancel the setting,press o. See Instrument Cluster0 94.

Display Views

There are several HUD views thatcan be displayed:

Metric

English

Tour : Displays the vehicle speed,gear position, shift indicator, andspeed sign.

Tour view is only available in MyMode or Z-Mode. See Driver ModeControl 0 183.

Metric

English

Sport : Displays the vehicle speed,a circular tachometer, gear position,shift indicator, and G-Force meter.

Sport view is only available in MyMode or Z-Mode. See Driver ModeControl 0 183.



Track : Displays the vehicle speed,gear position, shift lights, andcurrent/best lap times. This includesGain/Loss of Current Lap comparedto Best Lap.

Track view is only available in MyMode or Z-Mode. See Driver ModeControl 0 183.

Interrupts

The interrupt information temporarilydisplays in any HUD view. Oncedisplayed, HUD returns to theprevious HUD view. Interrupts mayinclude:

. Navigation Turn-by-TurnInformation

. Incoming Call Information

. Vehicle Alerts

. Audio Selections

Metric

English

Audio : May display when a newsource, radio station, or media typeis selected.

Navigation : Turn-by-turnnavigation information may bedisplayed when Navigation is active

and an upcoming maneuver ispending. It appears until themaneuver is complete and then theHUD display returns to theprevious view.

Metric

English

Phone : May display when anincoming call is received from eitherOnStar or a Bluetooth connectedphone. It appears momentarily untilthe call is answered or ignored.



Metric

English

Vehicle Alerts : Alerts can bedismissed in the instrument cluster.All alerts are not displayed inthe HUD.

Care of the HUD

Clean the inside of the windshield toremove any dirt or film that couldreduce the sharpness or clarity ofthe HUD image.

Clean the HUD lens with a soft clothsprayed with glass cleaner. Wipethe lens gently, then dry it.

HUD Troubleshooting

Check that:

. Nothing is covering theHUD lens.

. HUD brightness setting is nottoo dim or too bright.

. HUD is adjusted to the properheight.

. Polarized sunglasses arenot worn.

. Windshield and HUD lens areclean.

If the HUD image is not correct,contact your dealer.

The windshield is part of the HUDsystem. See WindshieldReplacement 0 236.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may appear one afteranother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing V. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action isperformed.

All messages should be takenseriously; clearing the messagedoes not correct the problem.

If a SERVICE message appears,see your dealer.

Follow the instructions given in themessages. The system displaysmessages regarding the followingtopics:

. Service Messages

. Fluid Levels

. Vehicle Security


Instruments and Controls 115. Brakes

. Steering

. Ride Control Systems

. Driver Assistance Systems

. Cruise Control

. Front Lift System

. Lighting and Bulb Replacement

. Wiper/Washer Systems

. Doors and Windows

. Seat Belts

. Airbag Systems

. Engine and Transmission

. Tire Pressure

. Battery

Engine Power Messages

REDUCED ACCELERATIONDRIVE WITH CARE

This message displays when thevehicle propulsion power isreduced. A reduction in propulsionpower can affect the vehicle's abilityto accelerate. If this message is on,

but there is no observed reductionin performance, proceed to yourdestination. Under certainconditions, the performance may bereduced the next time the vehicle isdriven. The vehicle may be drivenwhile this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, or displaysrepeatedly, the vehicle should betaken to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

Under certain operating conditions,propulsion will be disabled. Turn theignition off for 30 seconds andrestart.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH)

This message shows that thevehicle speed has been limited tothe speed displayed. The limitedspeed is a protection for variouspropulsion and vehicle systems,

such as lubrication, thermal, brakes,suspension, Teen Driver (ifequipped), or tires.



VehiclePersonalizationThe following are all possiblevehicle personalization features.Depending on the vehicle, somemay not be available.

For System, Apps, and Personalfeatures and functions, see“Settings” in the infotainmentmanual.

To access the vehiclepersonalization menu:

1. Touch the Settings icon on theHome Page of the infotainmentdisplay.

2. Touch Vehicle to display a listof available options.

3. Touch to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Touch9 or R to turn a featureoff or on.

5. Touch z to go to the top levelof the Settings menu.

The menu may contain thefollowing:

Z-Mode

Z-Mode cluster and HUD themescan be set in the cluster.

Touch and the following maydisplay:

. Engine Sound

. Steering

. Suspension

. Powertrain

. Brake Response

Engine Sound

Touch Stealth, Tour, Sport, or Track.

See Driver Mode Control 0 183.

Steering

Touch Tour, Sport, or Track.


Suspension



Powertain

Touch Normal, Sport, Track,or Weather.


Brake Response



My Mode

My Mode cluster and HUD themescan be set in the cluster.


. Engine Sound

. Steering

. Suspension

. Brake Response

Engine Sound

Touch Stealth, Tour, Sport, or Track.


Steering



Suspension





Brake Response



Climate and Air Quality


. Auto Fan Speed

. Auto Cooled Seats

. Auto Heated Seats

. Auto Defog

. Auto Rear Defog

Auto Fan Speed

This setting specifies the amount ofairflow when the climate control fansetting is Auto Fan.

Touch Low, Medium, or High.

Auto Cooled Seats

When enabled, this feature willautomatically activate the ventilatedseats at the level required by theinterior temperature. See Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats 0 53.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Heated Seats

This setting automatically turns onand regulates the heated seatswhen the cabin temperature is cool.The auto heated seats can beturned off by using the heated seatbuttons on the center stack. SeeHeated and Ventilated Front Seats0 53.

If equipped with Auto HeatedSteering Wheel, this feature will turnon when the Auto Heated Seatsturn on.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Defog

This setting, when set to On, willautomatically react to temperatureand humidity conditions that maycause fogging.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Rear Defog

This setting automatically turns therear window defogger on when it iscold outside.

Touch Off or On.

Collision / Detection Systems


. Park Assist

. Side Blind Zone Alert

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

Park Assist

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off. See Assistance Systemsfor Parking or Backing 0 200.

Touch Off or On.

Side Blind Zone Alert

This allows this feature to be turnedon or off. See Side Blind Zone Alert(SBZA) 0 202.

Touch Off or On.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This setting specifies if an alert willdisplay when the vehicle detectsapproaching rear cross traffic whenin R (Reverse). See AssistanceSystems for Parking or Backing0 200.

Touch Off or On.



Comfort and Convenience


. Chime Volume

. Reverse Tilt Mirror

. Remote Mirror Folding

Chime Volume

This setting determines the chimevolume level.

Touch the controls on theinfotainment system to adjust thevolume.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

When on, both the driver andpassenger, driver, or passengeroutside mirrors will tilt downwardwhen the vehicle is shifted toR (Reverse) to improve visibility ofthe ground near the rear wheels.They will return to their previousdriving position when the vehicle isshifted out of R (Reverse) or theengine is turned off. See ReverseTilt Mirrors 0 31.

Touch Off, On - Driver andPassenger, On - Driver, or On -Passenger.

Remote Mirror Folding

When on, the outside mirrors willautomatically fold or unfold whenthe Q or K on the remote key ispressed. See Folding Mirrors 0 30.

Touch Off or On.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This setting flashes the vehicle’sheadlamps and taillamps when K ispressed on the remote key.

Touch Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This setting specifies how long theheadlamps stay on after the vehicleis turned off and exited.

Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Auto Door Unlock

This setting allows selection ofwhich doors will automaticallyunlock when the vehicle is shiftedinto P (Park).

Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

This setting delays the locking ofthe vehicle doors.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock


Instruments and Controls 119. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Remote Window Operation

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

. Remote Removed from VehicleAlert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

This setting flashes the exteriorlamps when the vehicle is unlockedwith the remote key.

Touch Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This setting specifies how thevehicle responds when the vehicleis locked with the remote key.

Touch Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This setting specifies whether alldoors, or just the driver door, unlockwhen pressing K on the remote key.

Touch All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

This setting automatically turns onthe ventilated seats when using theremote start function on warm days.See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 53 andRemote Vehicle Start 0 15.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

This setting automatically turns onthe heated seats when using theremote start function on cold days.See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 53 andRemote Vehicle Start 0 15.

If equipped with Auto HeatedSteering Wheel, this feature will turnon when the Remote Start AutoHeat Seats turn on.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Window Operation

When enabled, this feature allowsthe windows to be opened remotelywhen pressing and holding K on theremote key. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 9.

Touch Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This setting specifies which doorsunlock when using the button on thedriver door handle to unlock thevehicle.

Touch Off, All Doors, or DriverDoor Only.

Passive Door Lock

This setting specifies if the vehiclewill automatically lock, or lock andprovide an alert after all the doorsare closed, and you walk away fromthe vehicle with the remote key. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 9.

Touch Off, On with HornChirp, or On.



Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe remote key is left in the vehicle.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Removed from VehicleAlert

This feature beeps the horn 3 timeswhen exiting a running vehicle withthe remote key.

Touch Off or On.

Ride Height


Location Based Auto Lift

This setting enables the Front Lift toautomatically raise or lower whenthe vehicle is near GPS storedlocations. See Front Lift System0 190.

Touch Off or On.

Seating Position


. Seat Entry Memory

. Seat Exit Memory

Seat Entry Memory

This feature automatically recallsthe previously stored 1 or 2 buttonpositions when the ignition ischanged from off to on. SeeMemory Seats 0 50.

Touch Off or On.

Seat Exit Memory

This feature automatically recallsthe previously stored exit buttonpositions when the ignition ischanged from on to off if the driverdoor is open or opened. SeeMemory Seats 0 50.

Touch Off or On.

Teen Driver

See “Teen Driver” under “Settings”in the infotainment manual.

Valet Mode

This will lock the infotainmentsystem and steering wheel controls.It may also limit access to vehiclestorage locations, if equipped.

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Touch Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Touch Lock or Unlock to lock orunlock the system. Touch Back togo back to the previous menu.

To configure the Performance DataRecorder (PDR) to automaticallyrecord in Valet mode, see “Settings”in Performance Data Recorder(PDR) 0 131.



Universal RemoteSystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 313.

The FCC Grant of EquipmentAuthorization Certificate number isNZLSAHL5B.

The Canadian Registration IDnumber is 4112A-SAHL5B.

Universal Remote SystemProgramming

If equipped, these buttons are onthe sun visor.

This system can replace up to threeremote control transmitters used toactivate devices such as garagedoor openers, security systems, andhome automation devices. Theseinstructions refer to a garage dooropener, but can be used for otherdevices.

Do not use the Universal Remotesystem with any garage door openerthat does not have the stop andreverse feature. This includes anygarage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1, 1982.

Read these instructions completelybefore programming the UniversalRemote system. It may help to haveanother person assist with theprogramming process.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehiclesas well as for future programming.Erase the programming whenvehicle ownership is terminated.See “Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons” later in thissection.

To program a garage door opener,park outside directly in line with andfacing the garage door openerreceiver. Clear all people andobjects near the garage door.

Make sure the hand-held transmitterhas a new battery for quick andaccurate transmission of theradio-frequency signal.

Programming the UniversalRemote System

For questions or programming help,see www.homelink.com/gm or call1-800-355-3515. For calls placedoutside the U.S., Canada, or PuertoRico, international rates will applyand may differ based on landline ormobile phone.

Programming involvestime-sensitive actions, and may timeout causing the procedure to berepeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm(1 to 3 in) away from theUniversal Remote system



buttons with the indicator lightin view. The hand-heldtransmitter was supplied by themanufacturer of the garagedoor opener receiver.

2. At the same time, press andhold both the hand-heldtransmitter button and one ofthe three Universal Remotesystem buttons to be used tooperate the garage door. Donot release either button untilthe indicator light changes froma slow to a rapid flash. Thenrelease both buttons.

Some garage door openersmay require substitution ofStep 2 with the procedureunder “Radio Signals for SomeGate Operators” later in thissection.

3. Press and hold the newlyprogrammed Universal Remotesystem button for five seconds

while watching the indicatorlight and garage dooractivation.

. If the indicator light stays oncontinuously or the garagedoor moves when thebutton is pressed, thenprogramming is complete.There is no need tocomplete Steps 4–6.

. If the indicator light doesnot come on or the garagedoor does not move, asecond button press maybe required. For a secondtime, press and hold thenewly programmed buttonfor five seconds. If the lightstays on or the garage doormoves, programming iscomplete.

. If the indicator light blinksrapidly for two seconds,then changes to a solid lightand the garage door doesnot move, continue withprogramming Steps 4–6.

Learn or Smart Button

4. After completing Steps 1–3,locate the Learn or Smartbutton inside the garage on thegarage door opener receiver.The name and color of thebutton may vary bymanufacturer.

5. Press and release the Learn orSmart button. Step 6 must becompleted within 30 seconds ofpressing this button.

6. Inside the vehicle, press andhold the newly programmedUniversal Remote systembutton for two seconds andthen release it. If the garagedoor does not move or thelamp on the garage door



opener receiver does not flash,press and hold the samebutton a second time fortwo seconds, then release it.Again, if the door does notmove or the garage door lampdoes not flash, press and holdthe same button a third time fortwo seconds, then release it.

The Universal Remote systemshould now activate thegarage door.

Repeat the process to program thetwo remaining buttons.

Radio Signals for Some GateOperators

For questions or programming help,see www.homelink.com/gm or call1-800-355-3515. For calls placedoutside the U.S., Canada, or PuertoRico, international rates will applyand may differ based on landline ormobile phone.

Some gate operators andradio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to time out or quitafter several seconds oftransmission. This may not be long

enough for the Universal Remotesystem to pick up the signal duringprogramming.

If the programming did not work,replace Step 2 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System” withthe following:

Press and hold the UniversalRemote system button whilepressing and releasing thehand-held transmitter button everytwo seconds until the signal hasbeen successfully accepted by theUniversal Remote system. TheUniversal Remote system indicatorlight will flash slowly at first and thenrapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” to complete.

Universal Remote SystemOperation

Using the Universal RemoteSystem

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote system button forat least one-half second. Theindicator light will come on while thesignal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons

Erase all programmed buttons whenvehicle ownership is terminated.

To erase:

1. Press and hold the two outsidebuttons until the indicator lightbegins to flash. This shouldtake about 10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote SystemButton

To reprogram any of the systembuttons:



1. Press and hold any one of thebuttons. Do not release thebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin toflash after 20 seconds. Withoutreleasing the button, proceedwith Step 1 under“Programming the UniversalRemote System.”


Lighting 125

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 125Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Automatic HeadlampSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 128Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129EngineCompartment Lamp . . . . . . . . . 129

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Battery Power Protection . . . . . 130

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

There are four positions:

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. Turnto O again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Sets the exterior lamps toautomatic mode. AUTO mode turnsthe exterior lamps on and offdepending on how much light isavailable outside the vehicle.


126 Lighting

To override AUTO mode, turn thecontrol to O.To reset to AUTO mode, turn thecontrol to O and then release backto AUTO. Automatic mode alsoresets when the vehicle is turned offand then back on again if the controlis left in the AUTO position.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

The parking lamp indicator lightcomes on and stays on when theparking lamps are on with theengine off and the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

Exterior Lamps OffReminderA warning chime will sound if theexterior lamp control is left on ineither the headlamp or parking lampposition and the driver door isopened with the ignition off.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam ChangerPush the turn signal lever awayfrom you and release to turn thehigh beams on. To return to lowbeams, push the lever again or pullit toward you and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassTo use the flash-to-pass feature,briefly pull the turn signal levertoward you. The high-beamindicator flashes to indicate to theother driver that you intend to pass.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. DRL are required on allvehicles first sold in Canada.

The DRL system makes thededicated lamps come on when thefollowing conditions are met:

. The ignition is on.

. The exterior lamp control is inthe AUTO.

. The light sensor determines it isdaytime.

When DRL are on, only the frontlamps will be on. The parkinglamps, taillamps, instrument panellights, or other exterior lamps willnot be on when the DRL arebeing used.

When it is dark enough outside, thefront lamps dim to parking lampsand the normal low-beamheadlamps turn on.

The regular headlamp systemshould be turned on when needed.


Lighting 127

To turn off the DRL, turn the exteriorlamp control to O. The DRL will stayoff until the control is toggled again.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,the DRL can only be turned offwhen the vehicle is parked.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen the exterior lamp control isset to AUTO and it is dark enoughoutside, the headlamps and parkinglamps come on automatically.

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover thesensor, otherwise the headlampswill come on when they are notneeded.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps and parking lamps whendriving through a parking garage ortunnel.

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately. If itis light outside when the vehicleleaves the garage, there is a slightdelay before the automaticheadlamp system changes to theDRL. During that delay, theinstrument cluster may not be asbright as usual. Make sure theinstrument panel brightness controlis in the full bright position. SeeInstrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 129.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps and parking lampswill turn off or may change toDaytime Running Lamps (DRL).

The automatic headlamp systemturns off when the exterior lampcontrol is turned to O or the ignitionis off.

To turn automatic headlamp systemback on, turn the band to O again,then release it.

If the automatic headlamp systemhas the headlamps turned on andyou turn the ignition off, theheadlamps will turn off. When thedriver door is opened theheadlamps and parking lamps willilluminate for a period of time.

The length of the delayedillumination period can be changed.See “Exit Lighting” under VehiclePersonalization 0 116.

The regular headlamp systemshould be turned on when needed.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon and the exterior lamp control is inAUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lamps willcome on. The time it takes for thelamps to turn on depends on thewiper speed. When the wipers areturned off, the lamps turn off. Todisable, move the exterior lampcontrol to O or;.


128 Lighting

Hazard Warning Flashers

The hazard warning flashers warnothers that you have a problem. Thebutton is on the overhead console.

| : Press to make the front andrear turn signal lamps flash on andoff. Press again to turn theflashers off.

The hazard warning flashers workno matter what mode the ignition isin, even if the ignition is turned off.

When the hazard warning flashersare on, the turn signals willnot work.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

An arrow on the instrument clusterflashes in the direction of the turn orlane change.

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is complete. If the lever isbriefly pressed and released, theturn signal flashes three times.If more flashes are desired,continue to hold the lever.

The lever returns to its startingposition when it is released.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange the arrows flash rapidly ordo not come on, a turn signalindicator light failure may haveoccurred.

If a turn signal has failed, the lampmay need to be replaced. See yourdealer.

Turn Signal on Chime

A chime sounds if the turn signalhas been on for more than 1.2 km(0.75 mi) of driving.

If you need to leave the turn signalon for more than 1.2 km (0.75 mi),turn off the signal and then turn itback on.


Lighting 129

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The knob for this feature is on theleft side of the instrument panel.

Turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise to brighten or dimall illuminated controls as well asthe feature status indicators. Theknob is functional at night.

Courtesy LampsThe interior lamps will come onwhen any door is opened, K on theremote key is pressed, or when thevehicle is turned to OFF.

The hatch/trunk lamps only come onwhen the rear compartment isopened.

Reading Lamps

The reading lamps are in theoverhead console. The lamps go onwhen a door is opened. When thedoors are closed, press the lampbuttons to turn on each lamp.

EngineCompartment LampIf equipped, the enginecompartment lamp will turn onbriefly when:

. K is pressed on the key.

. Keyless Access is used tounlock the door.

. Any door is opened.

. The engine compartment hatchis opened.

The engine compartment lamp willturn off when:

. All doors and the enginecompartment hatch are closed.

. Q is pressed on the key.

. The vehicle begins to move aftershifting out of P (Park).

. The ignition is turned on,or turned from off to ACC/ACCESSORY.

If any door or the enginecompartment hatch/trunk remainsopen, while the vehicle is off, a timerwill turn the lamp off.


130 Lighting

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps turn on brieflyat night, or in areas with limitedlighting, when K is pressed on theremote key. After about 30 secondsthe exterior lamps turn off. When thedriver door is opened, all interiorlights, Driver Information Center(DIC) lights, and door pocket lightsturn on and then the dome andremaining interior lamps dim to off.Entry lighting can be disabledmanually by turning the ignition toon or ACC/ACCESSORY, or bypressing Q on the remote key.

The entry lighting feature for exteriorlighting can be changed. See“Vehicle Locator Lights” underVehicle Personalization 0 116.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps come on atnight, or in areas with limitedlighting, when the driver door isopened after the ignition is turnedoff. The dome lamp comes on after

the ignition is turned off. Theexterior lamps and dome lampremain on after the door is closedfor a set amount of time, thenautomatically turn off.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamp control off.

The exit lighting feature for exteriorlighting can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 116.

Battery Power ProtectionThis vehicle has a feature to helpprevent the battery from beingdrained in case any of the followinglamps are left on: vanity mirrorlamps, cargo lamps, reading lamps,or glove box lamps. If any of theselamps are left on, they willautomatically time-out after about10 minutes. To reset it, the ignitionmust be turned on.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps orheadlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against drainingthe battery. To restart the 10-minutetimer, turn the exterior lamp controlto the off position and then back tothe parking lamp or headlampposition.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be onor in ACC/ACCESSORY.


Infotainment System 131

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Performance DataRecorder (PDR)Performance DataRecorder (PDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)

If equipped, ANC reduces enginenoise in the vehicle’s interior. ANCrequires the factory-installed audiosystem, radio, speakers, amplifier (ifequipped), induction system, andexhaust system to work properly.Deactivation is required by yourdealer if related aftermarketequipment is installed.

Performance DataRecorder (PDR)If equipped, the PDR icon displayson the Home Page.

Important Information

Use of the PDR may be prohibitedor legally restricted in certaincountries and situations. Ensurecompliance with applicable laws andregulations, including, but notlimited to: privacy laws, laws relatedto camera surveillance andrecordings, road traffic and securitylaws, and laws on the protection ofpublicity and personality rights.

. Do not use the PDR if it causesdistraction.

. Do not rely on camera footage tosteer the vehicle.

. Comply with any notice andconsent requirements beforecapturing and/or recording thevoices or images of otherpersons or before collectingother personal data.


132 Infotainment System. Notify other drivers of your

vehicle about the above rulesand require them to comply.

. General Motors does not acceptany responsibility or liability inconnection with use that is notpermitted.

. Law enforcement authoritiesmay have the right to seizevideo recordings and use themas evidence of criminal/drivingoffenses against you or thirdparties.

The PDR records video, audio, andvehicle data. This data is stored ona removable SD card in theglove box.

The recorded data is not storedanywhere else and is onlyaccessible from the SD card.

To optimize PDR performance, it isrecommended that the SD card isformatted on a regular basis. Backup all recordings on the SD cardprior to formatting. Formatting theSD card will delete all savedrecordings.

To begin, insert an exFAT formattedSD card, Class 10 required, 16 GBor larger recommended, into theglove box SD card reader.

Touch the PDR icon to access thePDR menu. Touch the PDR tab. Theoptions displayed are:

Start Recording

If the system is unable to beginrecording, the Start Recordingbutton is grayed out.

Touch Start Recording to beginrecording. After recording begins,this button changes to StopRecording. Touch to stop therecording session.

The recording must be stopped andthe file closed before removing theSD card, or the recording cannot bereviewed.



The elapsed time will show whenrecording.

The following errors or warningsmay be displayed while recording:

. Storage Full

. No Storage Available

. System Error

. SD Card Error

. SD Card Speed Insufficient

. GPS Accuracy Warning

. SD Card Write Protected

Video Overlay

Touch Video Overlay to display themenu screen.

Touching preview provides a livepreview of the overlay selected.

Select one:

. None

. Sport

. Track

. Timing

None:

No vehicle data displays on top ofthe recorded video. Vehicle data isstill available with the video whenaccessed in the toolbox software.

See www.chevrolet.com/performance-data-recorder todownload Toolbox Software.

Sport:

Displays these vehicle metrics:

. Vehicle Speed: Up to three digitsare displayed in km/h or MPHdepending on vehicle settings.

. Engine Revolutions Per Minute(rpm): The vertical line andtriangle show current rpm’s. Asthe rpm’s increase, the backfillfollows.

. Transmission State (CurrentGear): Transmissions display 1,2, etc.


134 Infotainment System. Lateral G-Force Graphic: Left

and Right G-Forces aredisplayed. The graphic fills to theleft or the right depending on themeasure value. The measuredG-Force displays as a number atthe top of the graphic.

. Event Odometer: This displaysthe distance driven since therecording began.

Track:


. Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport.

. GPS Tracking Map: Shows thevehicle’s current position relativeto a known route.

. Engine Revolutions Per Minute(rpm): The vertical line andtriangle show current rpm’s. Asthe rpm’s increase, the backfillfollows.

. Transmission State (CurrentGear): Same as Sport.

. Friction Bubble Graphic: Lateraland longitudinal G-Forces aredisplayed as a dot within abubble. A red dot displays whenthe vehicle starts braking andturns green when the vehicleaccelerates. The dot is whitewhen the vehicle is not moving.A white dot is the default.

. Brake and Throttle Graphic:Displays the percentage value ofbrake and throttle pedal positionfrom 0–100%.

. Steering Angle: The graphic fillsfrom the center to the left or rightdepending on the direction ofsteering. The numerical steeringangle displays below thegraphic.

. Active Handling Active Indicator:The graphic only displays if theactive handling systems areactivated.

. Performance TractionManagement (PTM) Mode:Displays the current PTM mode.The options are Wet, Dry, Sport1, Sport 2, or Race.

. Current Lap Time: Displays theelapsed lap time if the finish lineis defined and the vehicle hascrossed the defined finish line atleast once.

. Event Odometer: This displaysthe distance driven since therecording began.

. Drive Mode: Displays thevehicle’s current drive mode.



Timing:


. Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport.

. Engine Revolutions Per Minute(rpm): Same as Sport.

. Transmission State (CurrentGear): Same as Sport.

. 0–100 km/h (0–60 mph), 0–200 km/h (0–100 mph), 400 m(1/4 th mi), and 0–200–0 km/h(0–100–0 mph): The timer startsrecording as soon as the vehicleaccelerates. As the vehiclepasses each speed and distancemilestone, it is displayed on theoverlay.

. Throttle Position: Displaysthe percentage of throttle appliedfrom 0–100%.

. Active Handling Active Indicator:The graphic only displays if theactive handling systems areactivated.

Lap Timing

Touch Lap Timing on the PDR tab todisplay the track selection screen.

. Select Custom Track, then Learnto create a new custom track forlap timing.

. Select Custom Track, thenRelearn if a custom track hasalready been defined and isavailable on the storage device.

. Only one track can be learnedduring each recording session.To learn a new track, end thecurrent recording and start anew one.

Custom Track Learning - Circuit

. Select Circuit, when at thestarting line, as the track type.The starting line is located at thecurrent vehicle position.

. Circuit track learning willcomplete automatically when thevehicle crosses the start/finish line.

. Touching X in the upper rightcorner will exit the track learningprocess.


136 Infotainment System

Custom Track Learning -Autocross

. Select Autocross, when at thestarting line, as the track type.The starting line is located at thecurrent vehicle position.

. Drive along the course andpress Finish when the vehiclehas reached the Finish Line.

. Touching X in the upper rightcorner will exit the track learningprocess.

Lap Timing - Saved Tracks

. Saved tracks will be named bythe PDR as custom.gpx.

. Saved tracks can be renamedby placing the SD card in acomputer and overwriting the

time/date name to a user-friendlyname. Do not change or deletethe file extension (.gpx).

To begin timing an existing track,scroll to the desired track and selectOK. The PDR tab will be displayed.

Recordings

Touch the Recordings tab. Therecordings will be displayed with themost recent on top. Select therecording to start playback.

Recordings may be deleted byselecting the trash can. Select yesto delete or no to cancel.

Video Playback is not allowed whilethe vehicle is moving.

Tap on the screen while the video isplaying to display the videoplayback controls.

Video Scrubber : Changes theposition and playback. The length ofthe bar corresponds to the time ofthe video. Advance or rewind thevideo by dragging along the bar.



Settings

Touch the Settings tab to view theSettings menu.

. Audio Recording - Select on oroff to record audio with therecorded video.

. Automatic Recording - When on,the PDR will automatically beginrecording whenever the vehicleis in the Run Power Mode.Configurations include:

‐ Automatic Recording VideoQuality

‐ While in Valet Mode only

‐ Whether to allow recordingoverwrite when the storageis full

. Video Quality - Low (480p),or High (1080p). Higher qualitywill result in larger recordingfiles.

. Software Information - DisplaysPDR Software Information andVersion numbers.

. SD Card Information - Size,Remaining Memory, Format, andSpeed.

Toolbox

See www.chevrolet.com/performance-data-recorder todownload Toolbox Software.


138 Climate Controls

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

MaintenancePassenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Climate ControlSystems

Dual Automatic ClimateControl SystemThe heating, cooling, and ventilationin the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

1. Driver Temperature Control

2. Driver and Passenger Heatedand Ventilated Seats (IfEquipped)


Climate Controls 139

3. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

4. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

5. Air Delivery Mode Controls

6. Fan Control

7. O (Power)

8. A/C (Air Conditioning)

9. Recirculation

10. Defrost

11. Rear Window Defogger

12. Passenger TemperatureControl

Climate Control Display

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Settings

2. Fan Control

3. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

4. Sync (SynchronizedTemperature)

5. Recirculation

6. Air Delivery Mode Controls

7. Auto (Automatic Operation)

8. A/C (Air Conditioning)

9. On/Off (Power)

The fan, air delivery mode, airconditioning, driver and passengertemperatures, and Sync settingscan be controlled by touchingCLIMATE on the infotainment HomePage or the climate button in theclimate control display applicationtray. A selection can then be madeon the front climate control pagedisplayed. See the infotainmentmanual.

Climate Control Status Display

The climate control status displayappears briefly when the centerstack climate controls are adjusted.



Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle tothe desired temperature:

When AUTO is pressed, all fourfunctions operate automatically.Each function can also be manuallyset and the setting is displayed.Functions not manually set willcontinue to be automaticallycontrolled, even if the AUTOindicator is not lit.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Adjustthe temperature as needed forbest comfort.

Manual Operation

O : Press to turn the fan off or on.

h or i : Press to increase ordecrease the fan speed.

Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls : Thetemperature can be adjustedseparately for the driver andpassenger.

SYNC : Press to link the passengertemperature setting to the driversetting. The SYNC indicator light willturn on. When the passenger settingis adjusted, the SYNC indicator lightwill turn off.

Air Delivery Mode Control : PressY, or[ to change the direction ofthe airflow. Any combination of thethree controls can be selected. Anindicator light comes on in theselected mode button.

Changing the mode cancels theautomatic operation and the systemgoes into manual mode. PressAUTO to return to automaticoperation.

To change the current mode, selectone or more of the following:

Y : Air is directed to the a/c outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets, with some air directed to thewindshield, and side window outlets.

z : Air is directed to the windshieldand side window outlets.

0 MAX : Air is directed to thewindshield and the fan runs at ahigher speed if not already above amedium fan speed. This modeoverrides the previous modeselected and clears fog or frost fromthe windshield more quickly. Whenthe control is pressed again, thesystem returns to the previous modesetting and fan speed.

For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.

@ : Press to turn on recirculation.An indicator light comes on. Air isrecirculated to quickly cool theinside of the vehicle. It can also beused to help reduce outside air andodors that enter the vehicle.



Avoid using recirculation for longperiods of time in cold or dampconditions. Using recirculation incold or damp conditions can resultin window fogging.

A/C : Press to turn the airconditioning on or off. An indicatorlight comes on to show that the airconditioning is enabled. If the fan isturned off, the air conditioner will notrun. The A/C light will stay on evenif the outside temperatures arebelow freezing. If the A/C is turnedoff, the air temperature comingthrough the climate control systemmay be warmer than the ambienttemperature. It is recommended touse auto climate control to maintaincomfort.

Rear Window Defogger

1 REAR : If equipped, press toturn the rear window defogger on oroff. An indicator light on the buttoncomes on to show that the rearwindow defogger is on.

The rear window defogger onlyworks when the engine is running.The defogger turns off if the ignitionis turned off or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

If equipped with heated outsidemirrors, press1 REAR to turnthem on or off. See Heated Mirrors0 31.

Caution

Using a razor blade or sharpobject to clear the inside rearwindow can damage the rearwindow defogger. Repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not clear the insiderear window with sharp objects.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation : If equipped with remotestart, the climate control systemmay run when the vehicle is startedremotely. If equipped with heated orventilated seats or a heated steeringwheel, these features may come onduring a remote start. See RemoteVehicle Start 0 15, Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 53, andHeated Steering Wheel 0 87.



Air VentsUse the tab on the air outlets tochange the direction of the airflow orshut the outlet.

Operation Tips

. Clear away any ice, snow,or leaves from the air inlets atthe base of the windshield thatmay block the flow of air into thevehicle.

. Clear snow off the hood toimprove visibility and helpdecrease moisture drawn intothe vehicle.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors may adversely affectthe performance of the system.

. Keep the area around the baseof the instrument panel consoleand air path under the seatsclear of objects to help circulatethe air inside of the vehicle moreeffectively.

Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe passenger compartment airfilter reduces dust, pollen, and otherairborne irritants from outside airthat are pulled into the vehicle.Reductions in airflow, which mayoccur more often in dusty areas,indicate that the filter may need tobe replaced. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 287.

Caution

Driving without a passengercompartment air filter in place cancause water and small particles,like paper and leaves, to bepulled into your climate controlsystem which may cause damageto it. Make sure you alwaysreplace the old filter with anew one.

The passenger compartment airfilter is located under the hoodbetween the battery and windshield.See Underhood CompartmentOverview 0 214.

To check or replace the air filter:

1. Release the four clips for theleft and right outer covers.



2. Release the five clips andremove the outer cover.

3. Press two push tabs on the topand on the bottom of the cabinair filter cover and remove thecover.

4. Remove the air filter.

5. Install the new air filter andcover.

6. Install the outer cover.

7. Install the right and left outercovers.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trainedand certified technicians. The airconditioning evaporator shouldnever be repaired or replaced byone from a salvage vehicle.It should only be replaced by a newevaporator to ensure proper andsafe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerantsdirectly to the atmosphere is harmful

to the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.

The air conditioning system requiresperiodic maintenance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 287.


144 Driving and Operating

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDriving for Better FuelEconomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 147Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 148Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Track Events and CompetitiveDriving (Z51 Only) . . . . . . . . . . 149

Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 155Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 156Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 158Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 162Front Air Dam (andSplitter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Composite Materials . . . . . . . . . . 163Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 165Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 168Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Active Fuel Management . . . . . 168Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Dual Clutch TransmissionDual Clutch Transmission . . . . 170Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

BrakesElectric Brake Boost . . . . . . . . . . 178Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 178Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 180

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Hill Rollback Control . . . . . . . . . . 183Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 183

Front Lift System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Competitive Driving Mode . . . . 192Limited-Slip Differential(without Z51) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Limited-Slip Differential(with Z51) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . 198Assistance Systems forParking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 200

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

FuelTop Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . 204Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 205Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Trailer TowingGeneral TowingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207


Driving and Operating 145

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Driving Information

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible:

. Set the climate controls to thedesired temperature after theengine is started, or turn themoff when not required.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoidabrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

. Using Tour mode rather thanSport or Track modes, will resultin better Active FuelManagement operation. SeeActive Fuel Management 0 168.

. For recommended shift speeds,see Dual Clutch Transmission0 170.

Premium Fuel

Use the recommended fuel. SeeRecommended Fuel 0 204.

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many local



governments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keepyour eyes on the road, keep yourhands on the steering wheel, andfocus your attention on driving.

. Do not use a phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the infotainment manual formore information on using thatsystem and the navigation system,if equipped, including pairing andusing a cell phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 55.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they may do andbe ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, and

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

judgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops or a brakefault occurs, the brakes may losepower assist. More effort will berequired to stop the vehicle. It maytake longer to stop.

Steering

Caution

To avoid damage to the steeringsystem, do not drive over curbs,parking barriers, or similar objects

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

at speeds greater than 3 km/h(1 mph). Use care when drivingover other objects such as lanedividers and speed bumps.Damage caused by misuse of thevehicle is not covered by thevehicle warranty.

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.



If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort.

If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time while thevehicle is not moving, power assistmay be reduced.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the maximum rotation andis held at that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Dynamic Rack Travel

If equipped with Magnetic RideControl, Dynamic Rack Travel(DRT) is a steering system featurewhich enhances driving by providingadditional maximum steering wheelrotation to allow a tighter turningradius during low speed drivingconditions. If the vehicle speed

increases or if the suspensionencounters significant wheel travel,such as a driveway, while atmaximum steering rotation, DRTmay gently push the steering back asmall amount to prevent the fronttires from contacting the vehicle.This is normal operation. There isno customer interface nor displayfor this feature. DRT is not availablewhen in Track Mode.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable andsteady speed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) allows steering whilebraking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:



1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.

3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speed

by shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Track Events andCompetitive Driving(Z51 Only)Vehicles without Z51 packageshould not be used for track eventsand competitive driving.

{ Danger

High-performance features areintended for use only on closedtracks by experienced andqualified drivers and should notbe used on public roads.High-speed driving, aggressivecornering, hard braking, and otherhigh-performance driving can bedangerous. Improper driver inputsfor the conditions may result in

(Continued)



Danger (Continued)

loss of control of the vehicle,which could injure or kill you orothers. Always drive safely.

Participating in track events or othercompetitive driving without followingthe instructions provided may affectthe vehicle warranty. See thewarranty manual before using thevehicle for racing or othercompetitive driving. See CompetitiveDriving Mode 0 192.

Be sure to follow all serviceprocedures before driving thevehicle at track events orcompetitively.

{ Warning

Prior to each track event andagain before returning to publicroads, tighten the wheel nuts witha torque wrench to the propertorque specification. Wheel nuts

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

that are improperly or incorrectlytightened can cause the wheelsto become loose or come off,resulting in a crash. SeeCapacities and Specifications0 300 for wheel nut torquespecifications.

If equipped, the front license platebracket should be removed andreplaced with the aero cover fortrack use.

Engine Sound ManagementSetting

Caution

Do not place the vehicle inEngine Sound Management –Stealth mode. Damage couldresult to exhaust valve actuators.

Engine Oil

Caution

If the vehicle is used for trackevents and competitive driving,the engine may use more oil thanit would with normal use. Low oillevels can damage the engine.Check the oil level often andmaintain the proper level. SeeEngine Oil 0 218.

Check the oil level often during trackevents and competitive driving. See“Checking the Engine Oil" in EngineOil 0 218.

Fuel

Unleaded gasoline, rated at93 octane or higher, is required.



Caution

Some high octane fuels containadditives and compounds thatmay damage the vehicle and voidthe vehicle warranty. SeeProhibited Fuels 0 204.

Dual Clutch TransmissionFluid

The transmission fluid and externalfilter should be changed after every24 hours of track usage. If promptedby the transmission fluid life monitorthat remaining fluid life is low, thefluid and external filter should bechanged as soon as possible.

Add an additional 2 L (2 qt) of DCTtransmission fluid prior to trackusage. It is not required to removethe additional 2 L (2 qt) of DCT fluid.

Any transmission level set orchange should be performed at yourdealer.

Brakes

Brake Fluid

Replace existing brake fluid with aqualified high performance brakefluid from a sealed container. Brakefluid with a dry boiling point >310 °C(590 °F) is qualified. If highperformance brake fluid is used,replace it with GM approved brakefluid before driving on public roads.If high performance brake fluid is inthe vehicle and the age of the brakefluid is over a month old orunknown, replace the brake fluidbefore track events and competitivedriving. Do not use silicone orDOT-5 brake fluids.

Check the fluid level before eachcompetitive driving event.

Brake Fade Warning Assist

The Brake Fade Warning Assistsystem monitors the performance ofthe brake system. If the systemdetects brake fade, or if the brakefluid is near the boiling point, thedriver will be alerted.

The Brake Fade Warning Assistsystem is designed for use with thefactory-installed brake pads orGM-approved replacement pads.If the brake pads on the vehicleneed to be replaced, useGM-approved brake pads. If this isnot done, the brake fade warningsystem may not function properly.

Stage 1 : The Driver InformationCenter (DIC) displays a “ReduceBraking to Avoid Overheating”message and brake pedal effort andtravel is increased. When themessage displays, the driver shoulddecrease brake pedal pressure.

Stage 2 : The Driver InformationCenter (DIC) displays a “BrakesOverheated Service Now” messagethat the brake fluid temperature isexcessive and is about to boil. Thesystem increases brake pedal effortand travel, and will also limit vehiclespeed. The driver shouldimmediately start a cool down lap ifon the track. If this messagedisplays, take the vehicle to beserviced at your dealer.



Brake Burnishing

New brake pads must be burnishedbefore racing or other competitivedriving.

Caution

Performing the brake burnishprocedure on a base brakesystem can result in brakedamage.

Caution

The new vehicle break-in periodshould be completed beforeperforming the brake burnishprocedure, otherwise damagemay occur to the powertrain/engine. See New VehicleBreak-In 0 162.

Caution

Brake pedal fade will occur duringany track burnish procedure andcan cause brake pedal travel andforce to increase. This couldextend stopping distance until thebrakes are fully burnished.

When this procedure is performedas instructed, it will not damage thebrakes. The brake pads will smokeand produce an odor. The brakingforce and pedal travel may increase.After the procedure, the brake padsmay appear white at the rotorcontact.

Perform this procedure only on drypavement, in a safe manner, and incompliance with all local and stateordinances/laws regarding motorvehicle operation.

Brake Burnishing Procedure

This brake burnish procedureshould only be run on vehicles withthe J55 Z51 factory equipped brakesystem.

1. Apply the brakes 25 timesstarting at 100 km/h (60 mph) to50 km/h (30 mph) whiledecelerating at 0.4 g. This is amedium brake application.Drive for at least 1 km (0.6 mi)between applying the brakes.This first step may be skippedif there are more than 320 km(200 mi) on the brake pads.

2. Apply the brakes 25 timesstarting at 100 km/h (60 mph) to25 km/h (15 mph) whiledecelerating at 0.8 g. This is ahard brake application withoutactivating the Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS). Drive for atleast 1 km (0.6 mi) betweenapplications. Depending onconditions, some increase inbrake pedal travel and brakepedal force may beexperienced.

3. Cool down: Drive at 100 km/h(60 mph) for approximately15 km (10 mi) without using thebrakes.



4. Apply the brakes 25 times from100 km/h (60 mph) to 50 km/h(30 mph) while decelerating at0.4 g. This is a medium brakeapplication. Drive for at least1 km (0.6 mi) betweenapplications.

As with all high performance brakesystems, some amount of brakesqueal is normal.

Alternative Closed Course BrakeBurnishing Procedure

This brake burnish procedureshould only be run on vehicles withthe J55 Z51 factory equipped brakesystem.

This procedure should only be runon a track and only on drypavement. Brake pedal fade willoccur during this track burnishprocedure and can cause brakepedal travel and force to increase.This could extend stopping distanceuntil the brakes are fully burnished.

1. Start track lapping at lowerspeeds and lower brakingefforts for three minutes of

driving. Allow for increasedbraking distances due toreduced brake output.

2. After Step 1, increase speedand braking effort for the nextsix minutes of lapping,gradually ending up at 90%effort. Continue to allow forincreased braking distance dueto reduced brake output.

3. Cool the brakes by lapping withminimal light braking for sixminutes.

Brake Cooling Kit

Prior to any track event, high speeddriving event, or competitive driving,the following should be completed:

. Ensure all brake cooling partsare correctly and securelyinstalled.

. Inspect for and remove anyblockage in the ducts.

. Inspect and replace any ductthat has damage.

Passenger Side Front Shown,Driver Side Front Similar

1. Front Brake Cooling Duct

2. Front Lower Control ArmDeflector



Passenger Side Rear Shown,Driver Side Rear Similar

3. Rear Knuckle MountedCooling Duct

4. Rear Lower Control ArmCooling Duct

Shock Spring Seat Adjustment

The front shocks, on vehicleswithout hydraulic front lift and rearshocks, have threaded spring seatsthat allow adjustment of the preloadon the coil springs. The vehiclecorner weights can be adjusted for

track use. If the vehicle trim heightis modified, it should be returned tonormal trim height before street use.

The spring seat can be adjustedapproximately 20 mm (0.8 in) up ordown from the nominal position.Each complete turn of the springseat will change the vehicle heightapproximately 1.5 mm (0.06 in).When adjusting the seat to theupper limit, lift the dust boot andensure the seat does not thread offthe center support tube (stopadjustment when threads no longervisible). When adjusting the seat tothe lower limit, leave approximately10 mm (0.4 in) of thread visible forthe lower lock nut to have full threadengagement.

To adjust the lower spring seat:

1. Raise the vehicle so the tiresare completely off the ground.

Front Shown, Rear Similar

2. Loosen the lower spring seatlock nut (2).

3. Thread the lower spring seatlock nut (2) downward off of thethreads to its resting locationon the shoulder of the centersupport tube.

4. While holding the centersupport tube holes, turn thespring seat (1) upward toincrease spring preload,or downward to decreasespring preload.



5. Thread the lower lock nut (2)back on to the center supporttube and torque it against thespring seat (1) to 25Y(18.4 lb ft).

Load Limit

Limit vehicle load to the driver only,with no other cargo. Inflate the fronttires to 159 kPa (23 psi) and the reartires to 165 kPa (24 psi). Drive at amaximum speed of 296 km/h(184 mph).

Road Course target hot pressures of220–240 kPa (32–35 psi). Value willvary based on driving style, track,temperature, and weatherconditions.

Wheel Alignment

Caution

Using these wheel alignmentsettings may cause excessive tirewear. Only use these wheelalignment settings for racing or

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

competitive driving. Excessive tirewear is not covered under thevehicle warranty.

The racing and competitive drivingwheel alignment settings should beset as described here.

To achieve the track alignmentspecified settings:

1. The upper control arm to bodywashers on all four corners willneed to be moved frombetween the body and thecontrol arm and relocatedbetween the head of the boltand the control arm.

2. Adjust the lower control armcam bolt position to achievethe following specifications.

Front (per corner)

. Caster: +8.0 degrees

. Camber: -3.0 degrees

. Toe (total): 0.1 degrees toe in

Rear (per corner)

. Caster: 0 degrees

. Camber: -2.5 degrees

. Toe (total): 0.1 degrees toe in

. Thrust Angle: 0 degrees

After track use, reinstall washersbetween the body and the controlarms. Reset to factory alignmentsettings.

General Information

If reduced performance isexperienced during track events orcompetitive driving, turning off theA/C will help to improve engineperformance.

Maintain a mixture of 40%DEX-COOL coolant and 60% clean,drinkable water to optimize engineperformance.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these types



of driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Caution

Driving through deep puddles orstanding water can cause waterto come in through the engine airintake and damage the engine.If deep puddles or standing watercannot be avoided, proceed withcaution and do not exceed 8 km/h(5 mph). Do not drive throughwater that may come close to orcover the vehicle’s underbody.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires 0 246.

. Turn off cruise control.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. When driving downhill in D(Drive), the vehicle mayautomatically downshift to assistwith speed control.

. A lower gear may also beselected to provide further speedcontrol.



{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow thevehicle on a long downhill slopecan cause brake overheating, canreduce brake performance, andcould result in a loss of braking.Shift the transmission to a lowergear to let the engine assist thebrakes on a steep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. This can causeoverheating of the brakes andloss of steering assist. Alwayshave the engine running and thevehicle in gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, crash).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) whenfreezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 181.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) improves vehicle stabilityduring hard stops, but thebrakes should be applied soonerthan when on dry pavement.See Antilock Brake System(ABS) 0 178.

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

. Turn on Weather Mode. SeeDriver Mode Control 0 183.

Blizzard Conditions

Stop the vehicle in a safe place andsignal for help. Stay with the vehicleunless there is help nearby.If possible, use Roadside



Assistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 307. To gethelp and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO), whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and setthe fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 169.

To save fuel, run the engine forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idle

speed. This keeps the batterycharged to restart the vehicle and tosignal for help with the headlamps.Do this as little as possible, tosave fuel.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 181.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).



Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionsystem. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a lowforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmay need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 272.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight and

includes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry: the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the center pillar(B-pillar). This label shows thenumber of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thesize of the original equipmenttires (3) and the recommended



cold tire inflation pressures (4).For more information on tiresand inflation see Tires 0 246andTire Pressure 0 254.

There is also important loadinginformation on the vehicleCertification label. It may showthe Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) and the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR) forthe front and rear axle. See“Certification Label” later in thissection.

Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–

1. Locate the statement "Thecombined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred to

your vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

This vehicle is neither designednor intended to tow a trailer.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight forExample 1 = 181 kg(400 lbs)

2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 1 =68 kg (150 lbs)



3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 113 kg(250 lbs)

Example 2



3. Available Cargo Weight =45 kg (100 lbs)

Example 3



3. Available Cargo Weight =0 kg (0 lbs)

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengersand cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is attached to the rearedge of the driver door. It mayshow the gross weight capacityof the vehicle, called the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).The GVWR includes the weightof the vehicle, all occupants, fueland cargo.



Caution

Overloading the vehicle maycause damage. Repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not overload thevehicle.

{ Warning

Things you put inside yourvehicle can strike and injurepeople in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.

. Put things in the reararea of your vehicle. Tryto spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin your vehicle.

. When you carrysomething inside thevehicle, secure itwhenever you can.

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-InFollow these recommendedguidelines during the first 2 414 km(1,500 mi) of driving this vehicle.Parts have a break-in period andperformance will be better in thelong run.

During the first 800 km (500 mi),engine torque will be limited in lowgears.

For the first 322 km (200 mi):

. To break in new tires, drive atmoderate speeds and avoid hardcornering.

. New brake linings also need abreak-in period. Avoid makinghard stops. This isrecommended every time brakelinings are replaced.

For the first 800 km (500 mi):

. Avoid full throttle starts andabrupt stops.

. Do not exceed 4000 rpm.


Driving and Operating 163. Avoid driving at any one

constant speed, fast or slow,including the use of cruisecontrol.

. Avoid downshifting to brake orslow the vehicle when theengine speed will exceed4000 rpm.

. Do not let the engine labor.Never lug the engine. This ruleapplies at all times, not justduring the break-in period.

For the first 2 414 km (1,500 mi):

. Do not participate in trackevents, sport driving schools,or similar activities.

. Check engine oil with everyrefueling and add if necessary.Oil and fuel consumption may behigher than normal.

Front Air Dam (andSplitter)If equipped, the front air dam andsplitter have minimal groundclearance.

Under normal operation, thecomponents will occasionallycontact some road surfaces (speedbumps, driveway ramps, etc.). Thiscan be heard inside the vehicle as ascraping noise. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem.

Use care when approaching bumpsor objects on road surfaces andavoid them when possible.

If equipped, the Front Lift Systemmay be used to increase front airdam or splitter clearance. See FrontLift System 0 190.

Composite MaterialsThis vehicle may be equipped withparts containing carbon fiber,sheet-molding compound, or othercomposite materials.Dealer-installed accessories mayalso contain composite materials.These parts and accessories mayinclude the splitter or rockerextensions.

{ Warning

Exposed edges of partscontaining carbon fiber and othercomposite materials can besharp. Contact with these partscould result in injury. Use cautionto avoid contacting these parts,including when washing thevehicle. If the parts are damaged,replace the parts promptly withreplacements from your dealer.

{ Warning

Rocker extensions may breakunder pressure, resulting inproperty damage or injury. Do notstand on the rocker extension oruse it as a step.



Ignition Positions

The vehicle has an electronickeyless ignition with pushbuttonstart.

The remote key must be in thevehicle for the system to operate.If the pushbutton start is notworking, the vehicle may be near astrong radio antenna signal causinginterference to the Keyless Accesssystem. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 9.

To shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be turned on and the brakepedal must be applied.

Stopping the Engine/OFF (NoIndicator Lights) : When thevehicle is stopped, press ENGINESTART/STOP once to turn theengine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 167.

If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), D(Drive), or M (Manual Mode), thevehicle will shift to P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RAP willremain active.

If the vehicle is in N (Neutral), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display themessage SHIFT TO PARK in theDriver Information Center (DIC).When the vehicle is shifted intoP (Park), the ignition will turn off.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be turned off inan emergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift into N (Neutral). This canbe done while the vehicle ismoving. After shifting intoN (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop. Shiftinto P (Park).

4. Set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 178.Press ENGINE START/STOPto turn the vehicle off.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.



If the vehicle cannot be pulled overand must be turned off while driving,press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for more than two seconds,or press twice within five seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (AmberIndicator Light) : This mode allowsthe use of some electricalaccessories when the engine is off.

With the ignition off, pressing thebutton one time without the brakepedal applied will place the ignitionin ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to off afterfive minutes to prevent batteryrundown.

ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight) : This mode is for driving andstarting. With the ignition off and thebrake pedal applied, pressing thebutton once will place the ignition inON/RUN/START. Once enginecranking begins, release the button.Engine cranking will continue untilthe engine starts. See Starting theEngine 0 165. The ignition will thenremain in ON/RUN.

Service Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding ENGINESTART/STOP for more thanfive seconds will place the vehicle inService Mode. The instruments andaudio systems will operate as theydo in ON/RUN, but the vehicle willnot be able to be driven. The enginewill not start in Service Mode. PressENGINE START/STOP again to turnthe vehicle off.

Starting the Engine

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not be

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

covered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On Electrical Equipment0 208.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Place the transmission in P (Park)or N (Neutral). To restart the vehiclewhen it is already moving, useN (Neutral) only.

Starting the Vehicle

The remote key must be inside thevehicle for the ignition to work.

Cell phone chargers can interferewith the operation of the KeylessAccess system. Battery chargersshould not be plugged in whenstarting or turning off the engine.



1. Press the brake pedal, thenpress ENGINE START/STOPon the instrument panel.

If there is no remote key in thevehicle or if there is somethingcausing interference with it, theDriver Information Center (DIC)will display a message.

2. When the engine beginscranking, let go of the buttonand the engine cranksautomatically until it starts.

If the battery in the remote keyis weak, the DIC will display amessage. The vehicle can stillbe driven.

See “Starting the Vehicle with aLow Transmitter Battery” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 9. If theremote key battery is dead,insert it into the cupholdertransmitter pocket to enableengine starting.

3. Do not race the engineimmediately after starting it.Operate the engine and

transmission gently until the oilwarms up and lubricates allmoving parts.

4. If the engine does not start andno DIC message is displayed,wait 15 seconds before tryingagain to let the cranking motorcool down.

If the engine does not startafter five to 10 seconds,especially in very cold weather(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it couldbe flooded with too muchgasoline. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way tothe floor while cranking for upto 15 seconds maximum. Waitat least 15 seconds betweeneach try, to allow the crankingmotor to cool down. When theengine starts, let go of theaccelerator. If the vehicle startsbriefly but then stops again,repeat these steps. This clearsthe extra gasoline from theengine.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by pressingENGINE START/STOPimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.

Stopping the Engine

Shift to P (Park) and press and holdENGINE START/STOP on theinstrument panel, until the engineshuts off. If the transmission is notin P (Park), the engine shuts off andthe vehicle goes into the accessorymode. The DIC displays SHIFT TOPARK. When shifted to P (Park) thevehicle turns off.

If the remote key is not detectedinside the vehicle when it is turnedoff, the DIC displays a message.



Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)When the ignition is turned from onto off, the following features (ifequipped) will continue to functionfor up to 10 minutes, or until thedriver door is opened. Thesefeatures will also work when theignition is in RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY:

. Infotainment System

. Power Windows (during RAPthis functionality will be lostwhen any door is opened)

. Sunroof (during RAP thisfunctionality will be lost whenany door is opened)

. Auxiliary Power Outlet

. Audio System

. OnStar System

Shifting Into Park

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the vehicle is not inP (Park) with the parking brakeset. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andshift to P (Park).

To shift into P (Park):

1. Hold the brake pedal down andset the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 178.

2. Press the P (Park) switch onthe center console. See DualClutch Transmission 0 170.

3. Press ENGINE START/STOPto turn the engine off.

If the vehicle is shifted into P (Park)on a hill, the Electric Parking Brake(EPB) may apply automatically. TheEPB may not release when the EPBswitch is used. The EPB shouldautomatically release when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the vehicle is not inP (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even when

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

you are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andshift to P (Park).

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, be sure thevehicle is in P (Park) and theparking brake is set before youleave it.

Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped with anelectronically controlledtransmission.

If the vehicle has a battery with lowvoltage, try charging or jumpstarting the battery. See JumpStarting - North America 0 268.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Ensure the engine is running.

2. Apply the brake pedal.

3. Press or pull the desired switchon the center console. ForN (Neutral) press and hold theN (Neutral) switch until the Nindicator illuminates red.

The P indicator will turn white andthe gear indicator on the shift switchwill turn red when the vehicle is nolonger in P (Park).

If the vehicle cannot shift fromP (Park), a Driver InformationCenter (DIC) message will display.See your dealer for service.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Active Fuel ManagementThis vehicle's engine may beequipped with Active FuelManagement, which allows theengine to operate on either all orhalf of its cylinders, depending onthe driving conditions.

When less power is required, suchas cruising at a constant vehiclespeed, the system will operate inthe half cylinder mode, allowing thevehicle to achieve better fueleconomy. When greater powerdemands are required, such asaccelerating from a stop, passing,or merging onto a highway, thesystem will maintain full-cylinderoperation.

If the vehicle has an Active FuelManagement indicator, see DriverInformation Center (DIC) for moreinformation on using this display.

Extended ParkingIt is best not to park with the vehiclerunning. If the vehicle is left running,be sure it will not move and there isadequate ventilation.



See Shifting Into Park 0 167 andEngine Exhaust 0 169.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the remote key outsidethe vehicle, it will continue to run forup to 15 minutes.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the remote key insidethe vehicle, it will continue to run forup to 30 minutes.

The vehicle could turn off sooner if itis parked on a hill, due to lack ofavailable fuel.

The timer will reset if the vehicle istaken out of P (Park) while it isrunning.

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow or tailpipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.



{ Warning

To prevent exhaust gases fromentering the vehicle and heat fromdamaging the vehicle, the enginecover and all fluid fill plugs mustbe secured before closing thetonneau cover (convertible only)and operating the vehicle. Makesure all bolts are torqued to GMspecifications.

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps tobe sure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park 0 167 andEngine Exhaust 0 169.

Dual ClutchTransmission

This vehicle is equipped with a dualclutch transmission that contains anintegrated rear differential. The dualclutch transmission provides anextremely connected feel due to thedirect connection between theengine and gear box. Thisarrangement provides very fast shifttimes for maximum performance.Automatic driving mode is selectedby pulling D on the transmissionrange selection panel and providesfully automatic shifting operation

which can be further refined usingdriver mode control. Upshifts maybe delayed regardless of modeselection or ambient temperatureuntil the engine is warmed up.Manual operation can also beselected. See Manual Mode later inthis section.

This transmission is electronicallycontrolled. The shift switches are onthe center console. The selectedgear position will illuminate red onthe shift switch, while all others willdisplay in white. The indicator onthe shift switch may flash if the shiftis not immediate or if the gear is notfully engaged. This may occur invery cold conditions or when DoublePaddle Declutch is used.

The transmission does not operatewhen the vehicle is off.

If the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY, the transmission canbe shifted into P (Park).

If ENGINE START/STOP is pressedtwice while at a relatively highspeed, the engine will turn off andthe transmission will automatically



shift into N (Neutral). Once thevehicle is stopped, P (Park) can beselected.

P : This position locks the drivewheels. Use P (Park) when startingthe vehicle to ensure the vehicledoes not move.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the vehicle is not inP (Park) with the parking brakeset. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andshift to P (Park). See Shifting IntoPark 0 167.

When the vehicle is stopped, pressENGINE START/STOP to turn offthe vehicle. The transmission willshift into P (Park) automaticallyunless N (Neutral) is selected.

The vehicle will not shift intoP (Park) if it is moving too fast. Stopthe vehicle and shift into P (Park).

To shift into and out of P (Park), seeShifting Into Park 0 167 andShifting out of Park 0 168.

R : Use this gear to back up.

If the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse) while the speed is toohigh, the vehicle will shift intoN (Neutral). Reduce vehicle speedand try the shift again.

To shift into R (Reverse):

1. Bring the vehicle to acomplete stop.

2. Pull the R (Reverse) switch onthe center console.

To shift out of R (Reverse):


2. Shift into the desired gear.

At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse)can be used to rock the vehicleback and forth to get out of snow,ice, or sand without damaging thetransmission. See If the Vehicle IsStuck 0 158.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart the engine when the vehicleis already moving, useN (Neutral) only.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.



Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

Caution

The vehicle is not designed tostay in N (Neutral) for extendedperiods of time. It willautomatically shift into P (Park).

To shift into N (Neutral), press andhold the N (Neutral) switch until theN indicator is red.

To shift out of N (Neutral):


2. Shift into the desired gear.

Maintaining N (Neutral) withEngine Off

This vehicle includes a method ofkeeping the vehicle in N (Neutral)while the engine is off.

This method is not to be used forvehicle towing. If the vehicle needsto be towed, see Towing the Vehicle0 272.

Driver Remains in Vehicle : Toplace the vehicle in N (Neutral) withthe engine off and the vehicleoccupied:

1. Ensure the vehicle is on levelground, the engine is runningand the vehicle is in P (Park).


3. Shift to N (Neutral).

4. Turn off the engine and releasethe brake pedal.

5. The indicator should continueto show N. If it does not, startthe engine and repeatSteps 2–4.

6. The vehicle will now remain inN (Neutral).

Driver Leaves Vehicle : To placethe vehicle in N (Neutral) with theengine off and the vehicleunoccupied:

1. Ensure the vehicle is on levelground, the engine is runningand the vehicle is in P (Park).


3. Open the door.

4. Shift to N (Neutral).

5. Turn off the engine and releasethe brake pedal.

6. The indicator should continueto show N. If it does not, startthe engine and repeatSteps 2–5.

7. Exit the vehicle and closethe door.

8. The vehicle may automaticallyshift to P (Park) upon re-entry.



Caution

A transmission hot message maydisplay if the transmission fluid istoo hot. Driving under thiscondition can damage the vehicle.Stop and idle the engine to coolthe transmission fluid. Thismessage clears when thetransmission fluid has cooledsufficiently.

D : This position is for normaldriving. If more power is needed forpassing, press the acceleratorpedal.

If the vehicle is shifted into D (Drive)while the speed is too high, thetransmission will get ready toengage D (Drive). Reduce thevehicle speed, then thetransmission will engage D (Drive).

To shift into D (Drive):


2. Pull the D (Drive) switch on thecenter console.

To shift out of D (Drive):


2. Shift to the desired gear.

Downshifting the transmission inslippery road conditions could resultin skidding. See “Skidding” underLoss of Control 0 149.

The transmission can be shifted likea manual transmission using thepaddle shift controls while in D(Drive). See Manual Mode 0 173.

Caution

Spinning the tires or holding thevehicle in one place on a hillusing only the accelerator pedalmay damage the transmission.The repair will not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. If the vehicleis stuck, do not spin the tires.When stopping on a hill, use thebrakes to hold the vehicle inplace.

Manual ModeManual Paddle Shift

With the transmission in D (Drive),press the M (Manual Mode) switchon the center console to enterManual Mode. Use the paddles onthe steering wheel to manuallyupshift or downshift thetransmission. The right + (plus)paddle upshifts, and the left− (minus) paddle downshifts.

When using the Manual PaddleShift feature, the current gear will bedisplayed in the instrument cluster



or the Head-Up Display (HUD),if equipped. See Head-Up Display(HUD) 0 110.

When accelerating the vehicle froma stop in snowy and icy conditions,shifting to 2 (Second) gear allowsthe vehicle to gain more traction.

The Manual Paddle Shift systemcan be deactivated by pulling theD (Drive) switch on the centerconsole.

With the transmission in D (Drive),pull the right + paddle or the left− paddle to place the transmissionin Temporary Manual PaddleShift mode.

To exit Temporary Manual PaddleShift mode do one of the following:

. Hold the + paddle for more thanone second.

. Drive at a steady speed withoutmanual shifts or aggressivecornering for more thansix seconds.

. Bring the vehicle to a stop.

While the Manual Paddle Shiftfeature is active, the transmissionwill automatically downshift throughthe gears as the vehicle slows. Thetransmission will select 1 (First) gearas the vehicle stops. From a stop,the vehicle will start from and hold1 (First) gear unless Manual PaddleShifts are used to shift into adifferent gear, or D (Drive) isselected.

To cause the transmission todownshift to the lowest gearpossible for the vehicle speed, inManual Paddle Shift or TemporaryManual Paddle Shift mode:

. Pull and briefly hold the− paddle. If the paddle continuesto be held as the vehicle slows,downshifts will continue asvehicle speed allows.

The Manual Paddle Shift system willnot allow an upshift or a downshift ifvehicle speed is too fast or too slow,nor will it allow a start from any gearother than 1 (First) gear.

When in Manual Paddle Shift mode,if upshifting does not occur whenneeded, vehicle speed will be

limited to protect the engine. Whenin Temporary Manual Paddle Shiftmode, the transmission willautomatically upshift if theaccelerator pedal is pressed all theway to the floor.

Manual Paddle Shift can be usedwith cruise control. See CruiseControl 0 196.

The vehicle speeds required forManual Paddle Shift upshiftsdepend on several vehicle inputs,which will vary the allowed upshiftspeed by a few km/h (mph).

To prevent damage to thepowertrain, Manual Paddledownshifts to a lower gear cannotbe done above certain speeds.



For vehicles with an Electronic Limited-Slip Differential (Z51)

Upshift Allowed (into gear)At Approximately

km/h mph

2nd 15 9

3rd 25 16

4th 36 22

5th 47 29

6th 60 37

7th 76 47

8th 92 57

Maximum Downshift Inhibit Speed (into gear)At Approximately

km/h mph

1st 30 19

2nd 63 39

3rd 104 65

4th 164 102

5th 232 144

6th 304 189

7th 380 236



For vehicles with an Mechanical Limited-Slip Differential(Without Z51)

Upshift Allowed (into gear)At Approximately

km/h mph

2nd 16 10

3rd 26 16

4th 37 23

5th 49 30

6th 63 39

7th 80 50

8th 97 60

Maximum Downshift Inhibit Speed (into gear)At Approximately

km/h mph

1st 30 19

2nd 63 39

3rd 113 70

4th 174 108

5th 245 152

6th 321 200

7th 400 249

Double Paddle Declutch

Double Paddle Declutch allows thevehicle to temporarily disconnectthe engine from the wheels – similarto N (Neutral). This feature isactivated by pulling and holdingboth the + paddle and − paddle atthe same time while the vehicle is inR (Reverse), D (Drive), or M(Manual Mode). The vehicle willremain in this condition until boththe + paddle and − paddle arereleased.

The R, D, or M indicator on thecenter shift console will flash red toindicate that the vehicle is in DoublePaddle Declutch. In addition, thecurrent gear state indicator in theDIC may dim to gray to indicate thatthe vehicle is in Double PaddleDeclutch.

To exit Double Paddle Declutch,release both the + paddle and −paddle. The engine will reconnect tothe wheels and the shift indicatorwill stop flashing. There are twoDouble Paddle Declutch exit styles:



Rapid Exit : This is intended foruse at a closed course race trackand not on public roads. Enginepower is reapplied to the wheelsquickly to support spirited driving.The rate of launch is dependent onhow much the accelerator pedal ispressed when the paddles arereleased: The further the acceleratorpedal is pressed, the greater therate of launch. Tire spin may occurwith the accelerator pedal pressedand the Traction Control System(TCS) turned off.

This launch occurs when both ofthese conditions are met:

. Vehicle speed is below10 km/h (6 mph).

. Both the + paddle and − paddleare released at the same time.

With the accelerator fully pressedand the engine at the rev limiter,peak performance only occurs if thepaddles are released within a shortperiod of time after reaching the revlimit (i.e., a few seconds).

Standard Exit : Engine power isreapplied to the wheels gently tosupport normal vehicle operation onpublic roads.

This occurs when paddles arereleased under any of the theseconditions:

. Vehicle speed is above10 km/h (6 mph).

. The vehicle is in R (Reverse).

. The + paddle and − paddle arenot released at the same time.

If the vehicle was in TemporaryManual Paddle Shift mode beforeentering Double Paddle Declutch,the vehicle will return to D (Drive)with automatic shifting upon exitingDouble Paddle Declutch.

{ Warning

When exiting Double PaddleDeclutch, the vehicle may moverapidly. You could lose controland cause a crash with nearbypeople or objects. Be ready to

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

release the accelerator pedal orapply the brakes immediately ifthe vehicle moves too quickly. Donot use the Double PaddleDeclutch when people or objectsare near.



Brakes

Electric Brake BoostVehicles equipped with electricbrake boost have hydraulic brakecircuits that are electronicallycontrolled when the brake pedal isapplied during normal operation.The system performs routine testsand turns off within a few minutesafter the vehicle is shutdown. Noisemay be heard during this time. If thebrake pedal is pressed during thetests or when the electric brakeboost system is off, a noticeablechange in pedal force and travelmay be felt. This is normal.

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)The Antilock Brake System (ABS)helps prevent a braking skid andmaintain steering whilebraking hard.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Light0 105.

ABS does not change the timeneeded to get a foot on the brakepedal and does not alwaysdecrease stopping distance. If youget too close to the vehicle ahead,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room ahead to stop,even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly.Hearing and feeling ABS operate isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows steering and braking atthe same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpeven more than braking.

Electric Parking Brake

If equipped, the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) can always beactivated, even if the ignition is off.To prevent draining the battery,avoid repeated cycles of the EPBsystem when the engine is notrunning.



The system has aY ElectricParking Brake light, and a 8 ServiceParking Brake light. See ElectricParking Brake Light 0 104 andService Electric Parking Brake Light0 105.

Before leaving the vehicle, check fortheY light to ensure that theparking brake is applied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Press the EPB switchmomentarily.

TheY light will flash and then stayon once the EPB is fully applied.If theY light flashes continuously,then the EPB is only partiallyapplied or there is a problem withthe EPB. A DIC message willdisplay. Release the EPB and try toapply it again. If the light does notcome on, or keeps flashing, have

the vehicle serviced. Do not drivethe vehicle if theY light is flashing.See your dealer.

If the 8 light is on, press the EPBswitch and hold it. Continue to holdthe switch until theY light remainson. If the 8 light remains on, seeyour dealer.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is moving, the vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch ispressed. If the switch is presseduntil the vehicle comes to a stop,the EPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations whenthe vehicle is not moving. This isnormal, and is done to periodicallycheck the correct operation of theEPB system.

If the EPB fails to apply, block therear wheels to prevent vehiclemovement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

2. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

3. Press the EPB switchmomentarily.

The EPB is released when theYlight is off.

If the 8 light is on, release the EPBby pressing and holding the EPBswitch. Continue to hold the switchuntil theY light is off. If either lightstays on after release is attempted,see your dealer.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.



Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made todrive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

Brake AssistBrake Assist detects rapid brakepedal applications due toemergency braking situations andprovides additional braking toactivate the Antilock Brake System(ABS) if the brake pedal is notpushed hard enough to activateABS normally. Minor noise, brakepedal pulsation, and/or pedalmovement during this time mayoccur. Continue to apply the brakepedal as the driving situationdictates. Brake Assist disengageswhen the brake pedal is released.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)

{ Warning

Do not rely on the HSA feature.HSA does not replace the need topay attention and drive safely.You may not hear or feel alerts orwarnings provided by this system.Failure to use proper care whendriving may result in injury, death,or vehicle damage. SeeDefensive Driving 0 146.

When the vehicle is stopped on agrade, Hill Start Assist (HSA)prevents the vehicle from rolling inan unintended direction during thetransition from brake pedal releaseto accelerator pedal apply. Thebrakes release when the acceleratorpedal is applied. If the acceleratorpedal is not applied within a fewminutes, the Electric Parking Brakewill apply. The brakes may alsorelease under other conditions. Donot rely on HSA to hold the vehicle.

HSA is available when the vehicle isfacing uphill in a forward gear,or when facing downhill inR (Reverse). The vehicle mustcome to a complete stop on a gradefor HSA to activate.



Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and a StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system. These systems help limitwheel spin and assist the driver inmaintaining control, especially onslippery road conditions.

TCS activates if it senses that therear wheels are spinning too muchor are beginning to lose traction.When this happens, TCS appliesthe brakes to the spinning wheeland reduces engine power (byclosing the throttle and managingengine spark) to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak/ESC activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak/ESC selectively appliesbraking pressure to any one of the

vehicle wheel brakes to assist thedriver in keeping the vehicle on theintended path.

If cruise control is being used whenTCS begins to limit wheel spin, thecruise control will automaticallydisengage. Cruise control may bereengaged when road conditionsallow. See Cruise Control 0 196.

If the driver disables TCS, cruisecontrol will disengage. Cruisecontrol will also be disabled ifPerformance Traction Management(PTM) is selected, or if StabiliTrak isturned off.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 158and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.

The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin

. Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC isactivated

. Flash when ABS is active

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver in



maintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes on andstays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

The TCS/StabiliTrak/ESC button ison the center console.

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andrelease g. The Traction Off light iilluminates in the instrument cluster.

To turn TCS on again, press andrelease g. The Traction Off light idisplayed in the instrument clusterwill turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin when gis pressed, the system will not turnoff until the wheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, press and hold g until theTraction Off light i and StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g illuminate and stayon in the instrument cluster.

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC onagain, press and release g. TheTraction Off light i and StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g in the instrumentcluster turn off.

If the Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) system is malfunctioningand the DIC displays SERVICETIRE MONITOR SYSTEM,StabiliTrak/ESC will be affected asfollows:

. StabiliTrak/ESC cannot beturned off by the driver.


Driving and Operating 183. If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, it will be

turned on automatically.

. Competitive Driving Mode orPerformance TractionManagement is unavailable.

. StabiliTrak/ESC will feel differentin aiding and maintainingdirectional control.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 211.

Hill Rollback ControlIf the vehicle is in gear andinadvertently rolls backwards, HillRollback Control helps limit therollback to a very low speed.A noise may be heard while thevehicle speed is actively beingcontrolled. A Driver InformationCenter (DIC) message displayswhen active.

Driver Mode ControlDriver Mode Control (DMC) adds asportier feel, provides a morecomfortable ride, or assists in

different weather conditions orterrain. This system simultaneouslychanges the software settings ofvarious sub-systems to optimizedriving performance. Depending onthe option package, availablefeatures, and mode selection; theExhaust, Suspension, Steering,Brakes, and Powertrain will changesettings to achieve the desiredmode characteristics. If the vehicleis equipped with Magnetic RideControl, selecting the various DriverModes adjusts the ride of thevehicle to enhance the rideperformance for the road conditionsand the selected mode.

Driver Mode Control has multiplemodes: My Mode, Weather, Tour,Sport, Track, and Z-Mode.

Weather, Tour, Sport, and Track arefour modes that have preset vehiclesettings for use in different drivingconditions. My Mode and Z-Modeare two modes which can becustomized by the driver. In thesetwo modes, vehicle settings areconfigured to enhance and

personalize the driving experience.See “Mode Description”, later in thissection.

Mode Activation

To activate My Mode, Weather, Tour,Sport and Track Mode, turn theDriver Mode Control (DMC) knob onthe center console to make a modeselection. When a mode is selected,a unique and persistent indicator willbe display in the driver informationcenter (DIC).



To activate Z-Mode, press theZ-Mode button on the steeringwheel. To deactivate, the driver caneither select a different modethrough the DMC knob or press theZ-Mode button on the steeringwheel. When Z-Mode is deactivatedthrough the Z-Mode button, DMC isalways set back to Tour Mode.

Mode Description

uWeather : Weather Mode is usedfor slippery surfaces to help controlwheel speed. This can compromisethe acceleration on dry asphalt.

This feature is not intended for usewhen the vehicle is stuck in sand,mud, ice, snow, or gravel. If thevehicle becomes stuck, see If theVehicle Is Stuck 0 158. See “DriverMode Attributes”, later in thissection.

sTour : Use for normal city andhighway driving to provide asmooth, soft ride. This settingprovides a balanced settingbetween comfort and handling. Thisis the standard mode. See “DriverMode Attributes”, later in thissection.

rSport : Use where roadconditions or personal preferencedemand a more controlledresponse. Used for spirited driving.

In this mode, the vehicle monitorsdriving behaviors and automaticallyenables Performance Shift Featureswhen spirited driving is detected.These features maintain lowertransmission gears to increaseavailable engine braking andimprove acceleration response. Thevehicle will exit this feature andreturn to normal operation after a

short period when no spiritingdriving is detected. See “DriverMode Attributes”, later in thissection.

tTrack : Track Mode is used forclosed race tracks. Use whenmaximum vehicle handling isdesired.

When in Track Mode, the DualClutch Transmission and steeringwill function similar to Sport Mode.The accelerator pedal is adjusted togive maximum control during thehighest level of spirited driving. See“Driver Mode Attributes”, later in thissection.

qMy Mode : My Mode is used topersonalize everyday driving. Thismode is designed to allow the driverto configure vehicle sub-systems totheir own preference for city ornormal driving.

Through the center display, thefollowing vehicle sub-systems maybe available for customization inthis mode.



Engine Sound: (some choices,if equipped) Stealth, Tour, Sport,Track

Steering: Tour, Sport, Track

Suspension: If equipped, Tour,Sport, Track

Brake Response: Tour, Sport,Track

See “Driver Mode Attributes”, laterin this section.

See “Driver Mode Customization”,later in this section. Cluster/HUDcan be set in the cluster.

vZ-Mode : Z-Mode is used topersonalize dynamic driving. Thismode is designed to allow the driverto configure vehicle sub-systems totheir own preference for maximumhandling. Z-Mode further enhancesthe drivers experience by adding apowertrain customization.

Through the center display, thefollowing vehicle sub-systems maybe available for customization inthis mode.

Engine Sound: (some choices,if equipped) Stealth, Tour, Sport,Track

Steering: Tour, Sport, Track

Suspension: If equipped, Tour,Sport, Track

Powertrain: Normal, Sport, Track,Weather

Brake Response: Tour, Sport,Track

See “Driver Mode Attributes”, laterin this section.

See “Driver Mode Customization”,later in this section.



Driver Mode Attributes

Modes: MY MODE WEATHER TOURDefault

SPORT TRACK Z-MODE

Cluster Display Tour(Default),Sport,Track,Weather(with anyinfo tileset up)

Weather Tour Sport Track Tour, Sport,Track, Weather(with any infotile set up)

Layout Display (Theme) Tour(Default),Sport,Track,Weather(with anyinfo tileset up)

Tour Tour Sport Track Tour, Sport,Track, Weather(with any infotile set up)

Informational Titles (preset) Tour(Default),Sport,Track,Weather(with anyinfo tileset up)

Weather Tour Sport Track Tour, Sport,Track, Weather(with any infotile set up)



Powertrain Normal Weather Normal Sport Track Normal, Sport,Track

(Default),Weather

Throttle Progression Normal Weather Normal Normal Track Normal, Sport,Track

(Default),Weather

Trans Shift Mode (ifequipped)

Normal Weather Normal Sport Track Normal, Sport,Track

(Default),Weather

Active Fuel Management Enabled (In4th – 8thgear formLSD

vehicles)

Enabled (In4th – 8thgear formLSD

vehicles)

Enabled (In4th –

8th gear)

Enabled (In5th –

8th gear)

Disable Tour, Sport,Track

(Default),Weather

Traction and Stability Control Normal Weather Normal Normal Track Normal

Performance Traction orCompetitive Driving ModeAvailability

Unavailable Unavailable Unavailable Comp Mode(available)

PTM(available)

PTM(unavailable)

Engine Sound Stealth,Tour

(Default),Sport, Track

Stealth Tour Sport Track Stealth, Tour,Sport, Track(Default)



Steering Tour(Default),

Sport, Track

Tour Tour Sport Track Tour, Sport(Default),Track

Suspension (if equipped withMagnetic Ride)

Tour(Default),

Sport, Track


Brake Response Tour(Default),

Sport, Track




Cluster Display

Configures the gauge clusterdisplay for each mode when linked(default).

The Layout Display (Theme) is apreset of Cluster Display and cannotbe modified or changedindependently.

Throttle Progression

Adjusts throttle sensitivity byselecting how quickly or slowly thethrottle reacts to input.

Throttle Progression is a preset ofPowertrain and cannot be modifiedor changed independently.

Transmission Shift Operation

Basic:

. Transmission upshifts anddownshifts are selected basedon vehicle speed andaccelerator position to optimizecomfort and fuel economy duringmild driving conditions.

Driver Influenced Gear Selection:

. Aggressive driving will influenceboth the upshift and downshiftpoints in all modes.

. Criteria which have influenceare: driving mode, accelerator,brakes, lateral and longitudinalloading.

. Changes in gear selectionbehavior due to aggressivedriving can include:

‐ Downshifting early with higherrpm’s during aggressivebraking (i.e. entering a corner)

‐ Altering upshifts whileexperiencing lateralacceleration

‐ Not upshifting when theaccelerator is released toavoid unnecessary shifts if theaccelerator is re-applied

‐ Recognizing sporty driving andanticipate upcoming cornerswith the appropriate gearselection entering and exiting

. Driver Modes

‐ Driver influenced changes areeffective in all driving modes,however the aggressivenessof the transmission responsewill increase between Tour,Sport, and Track Modesrespectively.

Active Fuel Management (enginecylinder shuts off)

. Normal with Dual ClutchTransmission: The engine uses8-cylinder mode whenaccelerating, but changes to4-cylinder mode when coasting.

Active Fuel Management is a presetof Powertrain and cannot bemodified or changed independently.

Engine Sound

Changes when the variable exhaustvalves open.

Steering (Assist Effort)

Adjusts from a lighter steering feelto reduced assist for moresteering feel.



Magnetic Ride Control (ifequipped)

Adjusts the shock dampeningfirmness based on drivingconditions to improve comfort andperformance.

Driver Mode Customization

The vehicle is equipped to modifythe following vehicle settings baseon vehicle content. Through thecenter stack, under VehicleSettings, select Drive Mode tocustomize and personalize MyMode and/or Z-Mode.

Engine Sound:

Engine Sound adjusts the volume ofengine noise. Setting range fromquietest to loudest volume as youmove from Stealth through Track.

. Stealth, Tour, Sport, Track

Steering:

This setting adjusts the effortrequired to turn the steering wheel.The steering wheel offers betterfeedback but requires more effort asyou move from Tour to Track.

. Tour, Sport, Track

Suspension:

This setting adjusts the firmness ofthe suspension in the vehicle.Suspension adjust stiffness of theshocks and / or springs. The ride ismore comfortable at lower settingsand is stiffer at higher settings forbetter control.


Powertrain:

This setting adjusts the throttleresponse, gear shifting and engineperformance. An increased throttleresponse enhances the accelerationfeel as you move toward Track, butwith a comfort trade-off due to moreaggressive gear shifting.

. Normal, Tour, Sport, Track

Brake Response:

This setting adjusts the brake pedalresponse. Settings range from aslower response for morecomfortable driving to the quickestresponse for quicker deceleration.Brake pedal travel decreases and

caliper pressure increases as youmove from Tour to Sport. Trackallows for improved pedal precisionat higher decelerations for highperformance driving.


Display:

This setting adjusts the clusterdisplay theme (this setting is onlyconfigured through the cluster usingthe steering wheel controls).

. Tour, Sport, Track, Weather (andany informational tiles set-up).

Front Lift SystemA two-position lift actuator (one perdamper) with 35 mm (1.5 in) ofstroke will hydraulically raise thefront of the vehicle to provideapproximately 50 mm (2 in) ofincreased clearance inapproximately three seconds (heightand time will vary by vehicle). TheFront Lift System will allow you to liftthe front of the vehicle to enter adriveway, driving over curbs, speedbumps or onto ramps or a trailer.



To use the Front Lift System, pressthe button on the center console toraise or lower the vehicle. Thisfeature can be operated at speedsup to 38 km/h (24 mph) when theengine is running. The systemfunctions based on the vehicle’sstate or operating mode:

. The system will not raise upwhen the doors are open.

. The system can be raised orlowered by the pushbutton,when the vehicle is in RUN or inACC mode.

. If the vehicle is in the raisedposition and is driven at speedsabove 38 km/h (24 mph), it willautomatically lower.

. If the vehicle is turned off, it willautomatically lower.

. If a vehicle door is openedduring lowering, the movementwill pause for 15 seconds thencontinue to lower, but at aslower rate.

The front height can be raisedautomatically using GPS navigationin the vehicle. The vehicle willautomatically lift in up to 1,000programmable locations. Once thebutton is pushed, a notification willappear on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) and ask the driver ifthey would like to “Remember” thelocation. The driver can select thisfunction through the steering wheelcontrols, see Steering WheelControls 0 87. The driver can alsodelete stored locations for theautomatic lift. If the vehicle is raisedautomatically using GPS, it willautomatically lower once the vehicleis located about 60 meters (197 feet)

from the programmed location.Drivers can disable this function byturning off GPS location throughtheir vehicle Front Lift System willstill operate, but only by using thepushbutton command, and the “AutoLift Location Remembered”confirmation message will notdisplay.

The Front Lift System can also beused in accessory mode. Put thevehicle in ACC/ACCESSORY mode,then press and hold the button onthe center console for 10consecutive seconds toautomatically raise the vehicle.

The DIC may display the message“Lift System Unavailable” if thefollowing occur:

. Any doors are ajar.

. The hood is open.

. The vehicle is moving over38 km/h (24 mph).

. Too many lift requests within ashort period.



The Front Lift System should not beused to service the vehicle. Do notplace anything or body parts underthe vehicle while lifted. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 296.

Competitive Driving ModeIf equipped, Competitive DrivingMode, PTM, and Launch Control aresystems designed to allowincreased performance whileaccelerating and/or cornering. Thisis accomplished by regulating andoptimizing the engine, brakes, andsuspension performance. Thesemodes are for use at a closedcourse race track and are notintended for use on public roads.They will not compensate for driverinexperience or lack of familiaritywith the race track. Drivers whoprefer to allow the system to havemore control of the engine, brakes,and suspension are advised to turnthe normal traction control andStabiliTrak/ESC systems on.

Competitive Driving Mode

Competitive Driving Mode allows fullengine power while StabiliTrak/ESChelps maintain directional control ofthe vehicle by selective brakeapplication. In this mode, the TCS isoff and Launch Control is available.

Adjust your driving style to accountfor the available engine power. See“Launch Control” later in thissection.

These lights are on when thevehicle is in the CompetitiveDriving Mode.

In order to select this optionalhandling mode, the vehicle modemust be Sport or Track (if equippedwith Performance TractionManagement (PTM), thenCompetitive Driving Mode is onlyavailable in Sport). Then quicklypress g on the center console twotimes. ESC COMPETITIVE MODEdisplays in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).

When g is pressed again, thetraction off light i and StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g will go out.

Performance TractionManagement (PTM) (ifequipped)

PTM integrates the TCS,StabiliTrak/ESC, and Magnetic RideControl systems to provideimproved and consistentperformance when cornering. Theamount of available engine power isbased on the mode selected, trackconditions, driver skill, and theradius of each corner.



This light is on when the vehicle isin the PTM Mode. To select thisoptional handling mode, the vehiclemode must be in Track. Thenquickly press g on the centerconsole two times. PerformanceTraction Wet — ESC On displays inthe DIC.

To experience the performancebenefit of this system, after enteringa curve and at the point wherenormal acceleration occurs, fullypress the accelerator pedal. ThePTM system will modify the level ofengine power for a smooth andconsistent corner exit.

The PTM system contains fivemodes. These modes are selectedby turning the MODE switch on thecenter console. Scroll throughmodes 1–5 by turning the modecontrol dial.

The following is a DIC displaydescription and the recommendedusage of each mode:

Performance Traction – WetESC On

. Intended for all driver skill levels.

. Wet or damp conditions only —not intended for use in heavyrain or standing water.

. StabiliTrak/ESC is on andengine power is reduced basedon conditions.

Performance Traction – DryESC On

. For use by less experienceddrivers or while learning a newtrack.

. Dry conditions only.

. StabiliTrak/ESC is on andengine power is slightly reduced.

Performance Traction – Sport 1ESC On

. For use by drivers who arefamiliar with the track.


. Requires more driving skill thanmode 2.

. StabiliTrak/ESC is on and moreengine power is available than inmode 2.

Performance Traction – Sport 2ESC Off

. For use by drivers who arefamiliar with the track.


. Requires more driving skill thanmodes 2 or 3.

. StabiliTrak/ESC is off andavailable engine power is thesame as mode 3.

Performance Traction – RaceESC Off

. For use by experienced driverswho are familiar with the track.


. Requires more driving skill thanin other modes.

. StabiliTrak/ESC is off andengine power is available formaximum cornering speed.



Press and release g to turn off PTMand return to the TCS andStabiliTrak/ESC systems. Thetraction off light i and StabiliTrakOff light g will go out.

Launch Control (Sport andTrack Mode Only)

A Launch Control feature isavailable, within Competitive DrivingMode or PTM, on all vehicles toallow the driver to achieve highlevels of vehicle acceleration in astraight line. Launch Control is aform of TCS that manages tire spin,and transmissions clutch, whilelaunching the vehicle. This featureis intended for use during closedcourse race events whereconsistent zero to 60 and quartermile times are desirable.

Launch Control is only availablewhen the following criteria are met:

. Competitive Driving Mode or anyof the PTM Modes are selected(if equipped).

. The vehicle is not moving.

. The wheels and steering wheelare pointing straight.

Launching the Vehicle

. Ensure the vehicle is inCompetitive Driving Mode or anyof the PTM modes.

. The brake pedal must be firmlypressed to the floor, equivalentto a panic brake event.

. While maintaining the brakepedal, the accelerator pedal israpidly applied to wide openthrottle. (If the vehicle rolls dueto wide open throttle, release thethrottle, press the brake pedalmore firmly, and re-apply theaccelerator to wide openthrottle.)

The Launch Control feature willinitially limit engine speed as thedriver rapidly applies the acceleratorpedal to wide open throttle. Allowthe engine rpm’s to stabilize.A smooth, quick release of thebrake pedal, while maintaining thefully pressed accelerator pedal, willmanage tire slip and transmissions

clutch. After the vehicle is launched,the system continues in CompetitiveDriving Mode or PTM.

Competitive Driving Mode, PTM,and Launch Control are systemsdesigned for a closed course racetrack and not intended for use onpublic roads. The systems are notintended to compensate for lack ofdriver experience or familiarity withthe race track.

Caution

The new vehicle break-in periodshould be completed before usingthe launch control feature,otherwise performance will belimited and damage may occur tothe powertrain/engine. See NewVehicle Break-In 0 162.

Limited-Slip Differential(without Z51)The mechanical limited-slipdifferential can give more traction onsnow, mud, ice, sand, or gravel.It works like a standard axle most of



the time, but when traction is low,this feature allows the drive wheelwith the most traction to move thevehicle. See Competitive DrivingMode 0 192 andMaintenance Schedule 0 287.

Limited-Slip Differential(with Z51)The Electronic Limited-SlipDifferential (eLSD) is a hydraulicallyactuated clutch system inside thetransaxle. It can infinitely vary theclutch engagement between 0 and2250 N*m (1659 lb-ft) of breakawaytorque between the rear wheels.When necessary it responds fromopen to full engagement in fractionsof a second. Smaller clutchadjustments happen even faster.

The eLSD:

. Uses the vehicle sensors anddriver inputs to determine theoptimum amount of clutchengagement for the conditions.

. Improves traction whilecornering by changing theengagement to achieve abalance between directionalcontrol and acceleration.

. Provides optimal engagementfor high-speed control andstability without affecting precisesteering and turn-in.

. Improves vehicle stability duringspirited driving and evasivemaneuvers. It is fully integratedwith the Active Handling andPerformance TractionManagement (PTM) systems (ifequipped).

There are unique calibrations basedon the Traction Control System(TCS) setting. eLSD modes changeautomatically when the tractioncontrol button is pressed. No uniqueinput from the driver is required.

. Mode 1 is the standard modewhen the vehicle is started.It provides a touring calibrationwith an emphasis on vehiclestability. Mode 1 is also used inPTM Wet mode.

. Mode 2 is engaged when bothTCS and StabiliTrak are turnedoff. This calibration providesmore nimble corner turn-in, andis biased for better traction out ofcorners.

. Mode 3 is engaged when PTM isengaged in Dry, Sport 1 & 2, andRace modes. This is a nimblecalibration with similarfunctionality as eLSD Mode 2,however, it is integrated to workwith PTM.

. Mode 4 is engaged when TCS isselected off, but StabiliTrakremains on. Vehicle stability isstill the priority, while allowing foroptimized traction out of corners.



Cruise ControlWith cruise control, a speed ofabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or morecan be maintained without keepingyour foot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow about 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

If the Traction Control System (TCS)begins to limit wheel spin while youare using cruise control, the cruisecontrol automatically disengages.See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 181. When road

conditions allow for using safelyagain, cruise control can be turnedback on.

If the brakes are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.

Cruise control will disengage ifeither TCS or StabiliTrak/ElectronicStability Control (ESC) is turned off.

1 : Press to turn cruise control onor off. A white indicator comes on inthe instrument cluster when cruiseis turned on.

+RES : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume tothat speed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready engaged, use to increasevehicle speed.

SET– : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already engaged,use to decrease vehicle speed.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 94.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.

Setting Cruise Control

If 1 is on when not in use, SET– or+RES could get pressed and go intocruise when not desired. Keep 1 offwhen cruise is not being used.

1. Press 1 to turn the cruisesystem on.

2. Get up to the desired speed.



3. Press and release SET– on thesteering wheel.

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator.

The cruise control indicator on theinstrument cluster turns green aftercruise control has been set to thedesired speed. See InstrumentCluster 0 94.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied or * is pressed, thecruise control is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.

Once the vehicle reaches about40 km/h (25 mph) or more, brieflypress +RES. The vehicle returns tothe previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

Do one of the following:

. Press and hold +RES until thedesired speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly press+RES. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1 km/h(1 mph) faster.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

Do one of the following:

. Press and hold SET– until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly pressSET–. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1 km/h(1 mph) slower.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to thepreviously set cruise speed.

While pressing the accelerator pedalor shortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflypressing SET– will result in cruiseset to the current vehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control workson hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you may have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain yourspeed. When going downhill, youmay have to brake or shift to a lowergear to keep your speed down.If the brake pedal is applied, cruisecontrol will disengage.

Cruise Control in Manual PaddleShift Gear Selection

When the vehicle is in M (ManualMode) and the manual paddle shiftcontrols are not being used, cruisecontrol operates in the samemanner as D (Drive).

When the vehicle is in M (ManualMode) and the manual paddle shiftcontrols are being used, cruisecontrol operates as follows:


198 Driving and Operating. If cruise control is active and a

gear is selected with the manualpaddle shift controls, the vehiclespeed is maintained in the driverselected gear and will notautomatically upshift ordownshift the transmission whilethe driver’s gear selection isactive.

. If driving in hilly terrain, cruisecontrol may not be able tomaintain vehicle speed if anupshift or downshift is notselected by the driver. Whiledriving on hilly terrain and cruisecontrol is active with a manualpaddle shift gear selection, thedriver must select the propergear for the terrain or select D(Drive) on the shifter for fullautomatic transmissionoperation.

Ending Cruise Control

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

. Press *.

. To turn off cruise control,press 1.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if 1 is pressedor if the ignition is turned off.

Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, backing, and parking. Readthis entire section before usingthese systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or seealerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See Defensive Driving0 146.

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitoredby the system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide youwith enough time to avoid acrash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

. Work if the detection sensoris covered up, such as witha sticker, magnet, or metalplate.

. Work if the area surroundingthe detection sensor isdamaged or not properlyrepaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible Alert

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization 0 116.

Cleaning

Depending on vehicle options, keepthese areas of the vehicle clean toensure the best driver assistancefeature performance. DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagesmay display when the systems areunavailable or blocked.

. Front and rear bumpers and thearea below the bumpers

. Front grille and headlamps


200 Driving and Operating. Front camera lenses in the front

grille or near the front emblem

. Front side and rear side panels

. Outside of the windshield in frontof the rearview mirror

. Rear side corner bumpers

. Rear Vision Camera above thelicense plate

Radio Frequency

This vehicle may be equipped withdriver assistance systems thatoperate using radio frequency. SeeRadio Frequency Statement 0 313.

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC), Rear Park Assist (RPA), andCurb View Camera may help thedriver park or avoid objects. Alwayscheck around the vehicle whenparking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehicle

in the infotainment display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, pressHome or Back on the infotainmentsystem, shift into P (Park), or reacha vehicle speed of approximately 12km/h (8 mph) while in D (Drive).

The camera is above the licenseplate.

1. View displayed by thecamera.

1. View displayed by thecamera.



2. Corner of the rear bumper.

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

Curb View Camera

If equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle displays in theinfotainment display. The displayshows a front, top down view at thetop and left and right front cameraimages on the bottom.

The front view shows after shiftingfrom R (Reverse) to a forward gear,or by pressing the camera button onthe center console, and when thevehicle is moving forward slowerthan 12 km/h (8 mph).

The front cameras are on both sidesof the front fascia.

Rear Junction View

Displays a rear cross traffic viewthat shows objects directly to the leftand right of the back of the vehicle.Touch Junction View on theinfotainment display when a cameraview is active.

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle using

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

only these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If equipped, RCTA displays a redwarning triangle with a left or rightpointing arrow on the RVC screen towarn of traffic coming from the leftor right. This system detects objectscoming from up to 20 m (65 ft) fromthe left or right side of the vehicle.When an object is detected, threebeeps sound from the left or right,depending on the direction of thedetected vehicle.

Turning the Features On or Off

To turn off the guidance lines:

1. On the infotainment system,touch SETTINGS, or turn theMENU knob to highlightSettings and press MENU.



2. Select Rear Camera.

3. Select Guidance Lines andthen select Off or On.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The RVC system may not workproperly or display a clear image if:

. It is dark.

. The sun or the beam ofheadlamps is shining directlyinto the camera lens.

. Ice, snow, mud, or anything elsebuilds up on the camera lens.Clean the lens, rinse it withwater, and wipe it with a softcloth.

. The back of the vehicle is in acrash. The position andmounting angle of the cameracan change or the camera canbe affected. Be sure to have thecamera and its position andmounting angle checked at yourdealer.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding crashes thatoccur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas. TheSBZA warning display will light up inthe corresponding outside sidemirror and will flash if the turn signalis on.

{ Warning

SBZA does not alert the driver tovehicles rapidly approachingoutside of the side blind zones,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals. It may not providealerts when changing lanes underall driving conditions. Failure touse proper care when changinglanes may result in injury, death,or vehicle damage. Beforemaking a lane change, alwayscheck mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turnsignals.

SBZA Detection Zones

The SBZA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. Thiszone starts at approximately themiddle of the vehicle and goes back5 m (16 ft).

How the System Works

The SBZA symbol lights up in theside mirrors when the systemdetects a moving vehicle in the nextlane over that is in the side blindzone. This indicates it may be



unsafe to change lanes. Beforemaking a lane change, check theSBZA display, check mirrors, glanceover your shoulder, and use the turnsignals.

Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror SBZA displays willbriefly come on to indicate thesystem is operating. When thevehicle is in a forward gear, the left-or right-side mirror display will lightup if a moving vehicle is detected inthat blind zone. If the turn signal isactivated in the same direction of adetected vehicle, this display willflash as an extra warning not tochange lanes.

SBZA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 116.

If SBZA is disabled by the driver,the SBZA mirror displays will notlight up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

SBZA displays may not come onwhen passing a vehicle quickly orfor a stopped vehicle. SBZA mayalert to objects attached to thevehicle, such as a bicycle, or objectextending out to either side of thevehicle. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice.

SBZA may not always alert thedriver to vehicles in the side blindzone, especially in wet conditions.The system does not need to beserviced. The system may light updue to guardrails, signs, trees,shrubs, and other non-movingobjects. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice.

SBZA may not operate when theSBZA sensors in the left or rightcorners of the rear bumper arecovered with mud, dirt, snow, ice,

or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. Forcleaning instructions, see "Washingthe Vehicle" under Exterior Care0 274. If the DIC still displays thesystem unavailable message aftercleaning both sides of the vehicletoward the rear corners of thevehicle, see your dealer.

If the SBZA displays do not light upwhen vehicles are in the blind zoneand the system is clean, the systemmay need service. Take the vehicleto your dealer.

When SBZA is disabled for anyreason other than the driver turningit off, the Side Blind Zone Alert Onoption will not be available on thepersonalization menu.

Radio Frequency Information

See Radio Frequency Statement0 313.



Fuel

Top Tier FuelGM recommends the use of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline to keepthe engine clean, reduce enginedeposits, and maintain optimalvehicle performance. Look for theTOP TIER Logo or seewww.toptiergas.com for a list of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline marketersand applicable countries.

Recommended Fuel

Use premium unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 93 —(R+M)/2. If unavailable, unleadedgasoline with a posted octane ratingof 91 may be used, but with reducedperformance and fuel economy.If the octane is less than 91, theengine could be damaged and therepairs would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. If heavy knockingis heard when using gasoline ratedat 93 octane, the engine needsservice.

Do not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

Prohibited Fuels

Caution

Do not use fuels with any of thefollowing conditions; doing somay damage the vehicle and voidits warranty:

. For vehicles that are notFlexFuel, fuel labeledgreater than 15% ethanol byvolume, such as mid-levelethanol blends (16–50%ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.

. Fuel with any amount ofmethanol, methylal,ferrocene, and aniline.These fuels can corrodemetal fuel system parts ordamage plastic and rubberparts.

. Fuel containing metals suchas methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl(MMT), which can damagethe emissions controlsystem and spark plugs.

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

. Fuel with a posted octanerating of less than therecommended fuel. Usingthis fuel will lower fueleconomy and performance,and may decrease the life ofthe emissions catalyst.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesThe U.S., Canada, and Mexico postfuel octane ratings in anti-knockindex (AKI). For fuel not to use in aforeign country, see ProhibitedFuels 0 204.

Fuel AdditivesTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline ishighly recommended for use withyour vehicle. If your country doesnot have TOP TIER DetergentGasoline, add ACDelco FuelSystem Treatment Plus−Gasoline tothe vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank atevery oil change or 15 000 km

(9,000 mi), whichever occurs first.TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline andACDelco Fuel System TreatmentPlus−Gasoline will help keep yourvehicle’s engine fuel deposit freeand performing optimally.

Filling the TankAn arrow on the fuel gaugeindicates which side of the vehiclethe fuel door is on. See Fuel Gauge0 98.

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

Follow these guidelines to helpavoid injuries to you and others:

. Read and follow all theinstructions on the fuelpump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Avoid using electronicdevices while refueling.

. Do not re-enter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

. Before touching the fillnozzle, touch a metallicobject to discharge staticelectricity from your body.

. Fuel can spray out if the fillnozzle is inserted tooquickly. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearlyfull, and is more likely in hotweather. Insert the fill nozzleslowly and wait for any hissnoise to stop beforebeginning to flow fuel.



The fuel door unlocks when thevehicle doors are unlocked. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 9.

To open the fuel door, push andrelease the rearward center edge ofthe door.

The capless refueling system doesnot have a fuel cap. Fully insert andlatch the fill nozzle, begin fueling.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Under certain conditions,fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Waitfive seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing the fillnozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 274. Push the fueldoor closed until it latches.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove the fillnozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

shutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Filling the Tank with a PortableFuel Container

If the vehicle runs out of fuel andmust be filled from a portable fuelcontainer:

1. Locate the capless funneladapter.

2. Insert and latch the funnel intothe capless fuel system.



{ Warning

Attempting to refuel from aportable fuel container withoutusing the funnel adapter maycause fuel spillage and damagethe capless fuel system. Thiscould cause a fire. You or otherscould be badly burned and thevehicle could be damaged.

3. Remove and clean the funneladapter and return it to thestorage location.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Never fill a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite the fuelvapor. You or others could be

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

badly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged. To help avoidinjury to you and others:

. Dispense fuel only intoapproved containers.

. Do not fill a container whileit is inside a vehicle, in avehicle's trunk, in a pickupbed, or on any surface otherthan the ground.

. Bring the fill nozzle incontact with the inside ofthe fill opening beforeoperating the nozzle.Maintain contact until fillingis complete.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not use electronicdevices while pumping fuel.

Trailer Towing

General TowingInformation

{ Warning

Never tow a trailer with yourvehicle. It was not designed orintended to tow a trailer.



Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light) 0 102. A device connected to the DLC— such as an aftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehiclesystems. This could affect vehicleoperation and cause a crash.Such devices may also accessinformation stored in the vehicle’ssystems.

Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 72 andAdding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 72.


Vehicle Care 209

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 210California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

California Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Lifting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Underhood CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 221Dual Clutch TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Dual Clutch Transmission FluidLife System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Engine Air Filter LifeSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 224Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 230Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Battery - North America . . . . . . 234Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 235

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 236Windshield Replacement . . . . . 236Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Headlamp AimingFront Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . 238

Bulb ReplacementLED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Electrical SystemElectrical System Overload . . . 239Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 239Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 250Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Tire Pressure for High-SpeedOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Tire Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 266Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Jump StartingJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268


210 Vehicle Care

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 272Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 Warning

{ Warning

Most motor vehicles, includingthis one, as well as many of itsservice parts and fluids, containand/or emit chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts andsystems, many fluids, and somecomponent wear by-productscontain and/or emit thesechemicals. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 234andJump Starting - North America0 268 and the back cover.


Vehicle Care 211

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, seat belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inelectronic keys, may containperchlorate materials. PerchlorateMaterial – special handling mayapply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 72.

Lifting the Vehicle

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle can cause aninjury. The vehicle can slip off thejack and roll over you or otherpeople. You and they could bebadly injured. Find a level placeto lift your vehicle. To helpprevent the vehicle from moving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put the transmission inP (Park).

3. Turn off the engine.

To be even more certain thevehicle will not move, put blocksin front of and behind the wheels.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,

(Continued)


212 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle or the vehiclemay fall and cause injury to youor others.

If a jack is used to lift the vehicle,follow the instructions that camewith the jack, and be sure to use thecorrect lifting points to avoiddamaging the vehicle.

Caution

Lifting the vehicle improperly candamage it and result in costlyrepairs not covered by the vehiclewarranty. To lift the vehicleproperly and prevent vehicledamage:

. Be sure to place a block orpad between the jack andthe vehicle.

. Lift only in the areas shownin the following illustrations.

For additional information, seeyour dealer and the servicemanual.

Caution

The front jack pads must notcontact the rocker panels, thefront fenders, or the floor pan.If they do, damage may occur.

Lifting from the Front – Frame

Use only a service jack with a liftingpad diameter of 64 mm (2.5 in) orsmaller, and thick enough to makesure the jack does not contact thevehicle body.

Position the service jack and liftingpad under the frame rail shippingslot reinforcement.


Vehicle Care 213

Lifting from the Rear – Frame

Use only a service jack with a liftingpad diameter of 64 mm (2.5 in) orsmaller, and thick enough to makesure the jack does not contact thevehicle body.

Position the service jack and liftingpad under the frame rail shippingslot reinforcement.

For more information, see DoingYour Own Service Work 0 213.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner’s manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, seePublication Ordering Information0 312.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 72.

If equipped with remote vehiclestart, open the hatch/trunk beforeperforming any service work toprevent remote starting the vehicleaccidentally. See Remote VehicleStart 0 15.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 298.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.


214 Vehicle Care

Underhood CompartmentOverview

1. Front Lift System Reservoir(under cover, if equipped). SeeFront Lift System 0 190.

2. Battery (Under Cover). SeeBattery - North America 0 234.

3. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 233.

4. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid0 231.


Vehicle Care 215

Engine Compartment Overview

6.2L V8 Engine (Coupe)


216 Vehicle Care

1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System0 226.

2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter(Under Access Panel). SeeEngine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 224.

3. Dry Sump Engine Oil Tank andFill Cap. See Engine Oil 0 218.

4. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 218.

5. Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap. See CoolingSystem 0 226.


Vehicle Care 217

6.2L V8 Engine (Convertible)


218 Vehicle Care

1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System0 226.

2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter(Under Access Panel). SeeEngine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 224.

3. Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap. See CoolingSystem 0 226.

4. Dry Sump Engine Oil Tank andFill Cap. See Engine Oil 0 218.

5. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 218.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, paycareful attention to engine oil.Follow these important steps:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”later in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” later in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 221.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking the Engine Oil

1. Engine Oil Dipstick2. Engine Oil Fill Cap

Check the engine oil level regularly,every 650 km (400 mi), especiallyprior to a long trip. To get anaccurate reading, the vehicle mustbe parked on a level ground.

The engine oil dipstick handle is aloop. See Engine CompartmentOverview 0 215 for the location.

The vehicle has a racetrack-readydry sump engine lubrication system.This high performance systemoperates differently than a standardengine lubrication system andrequires a special procedure whenchecking the engine oil level. Followthis procedure closely.

The engine oil level must bechecked when the engine is warm.Cold oil level in the dry sump tankmay not indicate the actual amountof oil in the system. Engine oil iscontained in an external tank,separate from the engine. Undernormal operating conditions, the oilpan under the engine does not storeany oil. If the vehicle has beenparked for an extended periodwithout the engine being started,some oil will seep back into the oil


Vehicle Care 219

pan. This will reduce the amount ofoil held in the dry sump tank andthere could be no engine oil on thedipstick. This is normal since thedipstick is designed to read theengine oil level only after the enginehas run long enough to reachnormal operating temperature. Donot add engine oil based on coldengine dipstick readings. Theengine oil level on the dipstick mustbe checked while the engine isrunning at idle.

To check the engine oil:

1. Turn the engine on and let itwarm up to at least 80 °C(175 °F).

2. Once the engine is warm,check the oil while the engineis running at idle.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

3. Remove the dipstick and wipeit with a clean lint-free papertowel or a cloth. Re-insert thedipstick and push it all the wayin until it stops.

4. Remove the dipstick again andread the level on thecross-hatched area.

5. Turn the engine off.

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick, add1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oilthrough the oil fill cap opening in theoil tank fill tube and then recheckthe level. See “Selecting the RightEngine Oil” later in this section forthe type of oil to use. For engine oilcrankcase capacity, see Capacitiesand Specifications 0 300.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If the oil level isabove the operating range (i.e.,the engine has so much oil thatthe oil level gets above thecross-hatched area that showsthe proper operating range), theengine could be damaged. Drainthe excess oil or limit driving ofthe vehicle, and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 215 for the location of the externalengine oil tank dipstick and fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback into the oil tank tube whenfinished.


220 Vehicle Care

Changing the Engine Oil andFilter

The vehicle requires a specialprocedure when changing theengine oil and filter. Follow thisprocedure closely.

1. Engine Oil Drain Plug2. O-ring Seal3. Engine Oil Filter

To change the engine oil and filter:

1. Run the engine at idle for about20 seconds to return all of theoil back into the dry sumpoil tank.

2. Turn the engine off prior todraining the oil.

3. Remove the engine oil drainplug from the bottom of theengine oil pan. Drain plugremoval will let the oil drainfrom the external oil tank andresidual oil from the crankcasesump. Allow the oil to drain.

4. Remove the engine oil filterand allow the oil to drain.

5. Inspect the drain plug O-ringseal and replace if it isdamaged. Reinstall the drainplug into the oil pan and tightenit to 25 N.m (18 lb ft).

6. Replace the oil filter andtighten it three-quarters to oneturn after the gasket makescontact. See MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 297 forthe correct filter.

7. Remove the oil fill cap from theexternal engine oil tank.

Add oil to the oil tank throughthe opening in the fill tube. SeeCapacities and Specifications0 300.

8. Install the oil fill cap and insertthe dipstick, if removed.

{ Warning

To help avoid personal injury and/or engine damage, always installthe engine oil dipstick and oil fillcap until fully seated to a stop.If not fully seated, oil couldescape on to hot exhaust partsand cause a fire.

9. Start the engine and check theoil level as described under"Checking the Engine Oil."previously in this section.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and the viscositygrade. See Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants 0 296.

Specification

Use engine oils that meet thedexos2 specification.


Vehicle Care 221

Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos2 specification are markedwith the dexos2 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.

GM recommends Mobil 1 engineoils that show the dexos2approved logo.

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 0W-40 viscosity gradeengine oil.

When selecting an oil of theappropriate viscosity grade, it isrecommended to select an oil of thecorrect specification. See“Specification” previously in thissection.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos2 specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or rags

containing used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, drain all the oil from thefilter before disposal. Never disposeof oil by putting it in the trash orpouring it on the ground, intosewers, or into streams or bodies ofwater. Recycle it by taking it to aplace that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer thatindicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.


222 Vehicle Care

This vehicle has a racetrack-readydry sump engine lubrication system.This high performance systemoperates differently than a standardengine lubrication system andrequires a special procedure whenchanging the engine oil and filter.See Engine Oil 0 218.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil lifesystem may not indicate that an oilchange is necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand, at this time, the system mustbe reset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will perform thiswork and reset the system. It is alsoimportant to check the oil regularlyover the course of an oil draininterval and keep it at the properlevel.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

1. Scroll through the DIC InfoPages menu until theREMAINING OIL LIFEpercentage is displayed. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)0 108.

2. Press and hold SEL on the DICwhile the Oil Life display isactive. The oil life will changeto 100%.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not reset. Repeat theprocedure.

Dual Clutch TransmissionFluid

How to Check Dual ClutchTransmission Fluid

It is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to thedealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.

The vehicle is not equipped with atransmission fluid level dipstick.There is a special procedure forchecking and changing thetransmission fluid. Because thisprocedure is difficult, this should bedone at the dealer. Contact thedealer for additional information orthe procedure can be found in theservice manual. To purchase aservice manual, see PublicationOrdering Information 0 312.


Vehicle Care 223

Caution

Use of the incorrect transmissionfluid may damage the vehicle,and the damage may not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always use the correcttransmission fluid. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 296.

Change the fluid and filter at theproper intervals. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 287. Be sure to use thecorrect fluid. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 296.

Dual Clutch TransmissionFluid Life System

When to Change the DualClutch Transmission Fluid

This vehicle has a computer thatindicates when to change thetransmission fluid. This is based ona combination of factors whichinclude temperature and milesdriven. Based on driving conditions,

the mileage at which a fluid changeis indicated can vary considerably.For the fluid life system to workproperly, the system must be resetevery time the fluid is changed.When the system has calculatedthat fluid life has been diminished, itindicates that a fluid change isnecessary. A CHANGETRANSMISSION FLUID SOONmessage comes on. Change thefluid as soon as possible within thenext 1 000 km (600 mi). Failure tochange transmission fluid atrequired intervals could lead tosuboptimal transmissionperformance. Your dealer hastrained service technicians who willchange the fluid and reset thesystem. If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the fluid must bechanged at 72 000 km (45,000 mi)since the last fluid change.

How to Reset the Dual ClutchTransmission Fluid LifeSystem

Reset the system whenever thetransmission fluid is replaced so thatthe system can calculate the nexttransmission fluid change.

To reset:

1. Place the vehicle in P (Park).

2. Select the Oil & Fluid Life pageunder the Maintenance DICmenu. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 108.

3. Press the thumbwheel underthe Oil & Fluid Life page tomove to the Reset/Disabledisplay area. Select ResetTransmission Fluid with thethumbwheel scroll then pressthe thumbwheel. Then pressYes to confirm the reset.

4. When the Transmission FluidLife System is successfullyreset, 100% Transmission FluidLife will be displayed.


224 Vehicle Care

Engine Air Filter LifeSystem

When to Change Engine AirFilter

If equipped, this feature provides anindication of when to change theengine air filter. It is based ondriving conditions, which can causewhen to change to vary greatly. It ispossible an air filter change may notbe indicated for up to four years.

When the "Replace at Next OilChange" message displays, theengine air filter should be replacedat the time of the next engine oilchange. When the "Replace EngineAir Filter Now" message displays,the engine air filter should bereplaced as soon as possible. Resetthe engine air filter life system afterthe engine air filter is replaced. Seeyour dealer for service and to resetthe system.

How to Reset Engine Air FilterLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine air filter is replaced so thatthe system can calculate the nextengine air filter change.

To reset:


2. Select Air Filter Life under theMaintenance DIC menu. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)0 108.

3. Press the thumbwheel underthe Air Filter Life page to moveto the Reset/Disable area.Select Reset Air Filter Life withthe thumbwheel scroll and thenpress the thumbwheel. Thenpress Yes to confirm the reset.

4. When the Engine Air Filter LifeSystem is successfully reset,100% Air Filter Life will bedisplayed.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterSee Engine Compartment Overview0 215 for the location of the engineair cleaner/filter.

Caution

If water is sprayed and enters theengine air cleaner/filter intake andhousing, the engine could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter, see Maintenance Schedule0 287.

How to Inspect/Replace theEngine Air Cleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine air


Vehicle Care 225

cleaner/filter housing and nearbycomponents are free of dirt anddebris. Do not clean the engine aircleaner/filter or components withwater or compressed air.

To inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter:

1. Remove the convenience net,if equipped.

2. Remove the four lift off bracketbolts (2) to remove thebrackets (1).

3. Remove the convenience nethooks (2) and plasticretainers (1).

4. Remove the carpet.

5. Remove the rear compartmentaccess panel screws (2) andpanel (1).


226 Vehicle Care

6. Remove the air cleaner coverscrews (2) and cover (1).

7. Remove the air cleaner/filter.

8. Inspect or replace the aircleaner/filter.

9. Reverse Steps 2–7 to replacethe air cleaner/filter.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. Use cautionwhen working on the engine. Do

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

not start the engine or drive thevehicle with the air cleaner/filteroff, as flames may be present ifthe engine backfires.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen driving.

Cooling SystemThe cooling system allows theengine to maintain the correctworking temperature.

Convertible

1. Engine Cooling Fans (Outof View)

2. Coolant Surge Tank withPressure Cap


Vehicle Care 227

Coupe

1. Engine Cooling Fans (Outof View)

2. Coolant Surge Tank withPressure Cap

{ Warning

An underhood electric fan canstart up even when the engine isnot running and can cause injury.Keep hands, clothing, and toolsaway from any underhoodelectric fan.

{ Warning

Do not touch heater or radiatorhoses, or other engine parts.They can be very hot and canburn you. Do not run the engine ifthere is a leak; all coolant couldleak out. That could cause anengine fire and can burn you. Fixany leak before driving thevehicle.

Engine Coolant

The cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL enginecoolant. See Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants 0 296. The fluidrequires changing at certainintervals. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 287.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 230.

What to Use

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids suchas alcohol, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot butthere would not be an overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned.

Use a mixture of 40% DEX-COOLcoolant and 60% clean, drinkablewater. If using this mixture, nothingelse needs to be added. Thismixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −28 °C (−18 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.


228 Vehicle Care. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

Do not use anything other than amix of DEX-COOL coolant thatmeets GM StandardGMW3420 and clean, drinkablewater. Anything else can causedamage to the engine coolingsystem and the vehicle, whichwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding usedcoolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

If ambient temperatures areanticipated below −28 °C (−18 °F),make sure a proper mixture ratio of50% DEX-COOL coolant and 50%clean, drinkable water is used.

Checking Coolant

Be sure the cooling system is cooland that the vehicle is on a levelsurface.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down. If coolant is visiblebut the coolant level is not at orabove the cold fill line, add amixture of 40% DEX-COOL coolantand 60% clean, drinkable water atthe coolant recovery tank, but besure the cooling system is coolbefore this is done. See EngineOverheating 0 230.

The surge tank is in the enginecompartment. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 215.

When the engine is cold, the coolantlevel should be at the COLD FILLindicator in the coolant surge tank.

When the engine is hot, the levelcould be higher than the COLD FILLindicator. If the coolant is below theCOLD FILL indicator when theengine is hot, there could be a leakin the cooling system.

If the coolant is low, add the coolantor take the vehicle to your dealer forservice.


Vehicle Care 229

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

{ Warning

Spilling coolant on hot engineparts can burn you. Coolantcontains ethylene glycol and it willburn if the engine parts are hotenough.

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressurecap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

If coolant is needed, be sure thecooling system is cool, then add theproper DEX-COOL coolant mixturedirectly to the surge tank.

1. Open the Hatch/Trunk. SeeHatch (Trunk) 0 23.

2. When the cooling system,including the coolant surgetank pressure cap and engine,is no longer hot, remove thepressure cap.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise aboutone-quarter turn and then stop.

If a hiss is heard, wait for thatto stop. A hiss means there isstill some pressure left.

3. Keep turning the pressure capslowly, and remove it.

4. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mixture until thelevel inside stabilizes at theCOLD FILL indicator in thesurge tank.

5. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off, start theengine and let it run until theengine is hot.

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the propermixture to the coolant surgetank until the level stabilizes atthe COLD FILL indicator in thecoolant surge tank.


230 Vehicle Care

6. Replace the pressure captightly.

7. Verify coolant level after theengine is shut off and thecoolant is cold. If necessary,repeat coolant fill procedureSteps 3−7.

If the coolant still is not at theproper level when the systemcools down again, see yourdealer.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss and enginedamage may occur. Be sure thecap is properly and tightlysecured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has several indicatorsto warn of engine overheating.

There is an engine coolanttemperature gauge on theinstrument cluster. See EngineCoolant Temperature Gauge 0 99.

The vehicle may also display amessage on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).

If the decision is made not to lift thehatch but to get service help rightaway, see Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 307.

If the decision is made to lift thehatch, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fans are running. There aretwo cooling fans located in the front(one at each corner) and twocooling fans in the rear (one oneach side of the engine). If theengine is overheating, the fansshould be running. If they are not,do not continue to run the engine,and have the vehicle serviced.

Caution

Do not run the engine if there is aleak in the engine cooling system.This can cause a loss of all

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

coolant and can damage thesystem and vehicle. Have anyleaks fixed right away.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressurecap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.


Vehicle Care 231

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment with noOverheat Warning

Water from rain and car washescould enter the engine compartmentand contact hot surfaces. If steam iscoming from the enginecompartment with no accompanyingoverheat warning, no service isneeded.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not betoo serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

. Stops after high-speed driving.

. Idles for long periods in traffic.

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to thehighest temperature and to thehighest fan speed. Open thewindows as necessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral), and let theengine idle.

If the engine coolant temperaturegauge is no longer in the shadedarea or an overheat warning nolonger displays, the vehicle can bedriven. Continue to drive the vehicleslowly for about 10 minutes. Keep asafe vehicle distance from thevehicle in front. If the warning doesnot come back on, continue to drivenormally and have the coolingsystem checked for proper fill andfunction.

If the warning continues, pull oversafely, and park the vehicleright away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes whileparked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When the vehicle needs windshieldwasher fluid, be sure to read themanufacturer instructions beforeuse. If the vehicle will be operatingin an area where the temperaturemay fall below freezing, use a fluidthat has sufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

1. Open the hood. See Hood0 21.

2. Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluiduntil the tank is full.


232 Vehicle Care

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allows

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

for fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

Brakes

Brake Wear

Disc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or beheard continuously while the vehicleis moving, except when applying thebrake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Under certain weather or operatingconditions, brake squeal may beheard from the vehicle performancebraking system. This brake systemis designed for superior faderesistance and consistent operationusing high performance brake pads.Brake squeal is normal and doesnot affect system performance.

If equipped with high performancebrake linings, there could be anincreased buildup of brake dust aswell as noises as compared tostandard brake linings.

Brake linings should always bereplaced as complete axle sets.


Vehicle Care 233

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or parts are improperlyinstalled.

The Brake Fade Warning Assistsystem is designed for use with thefactory-installed brake pads orGM-approved replacement pads.If the brake pads on the vehicleneed to be replaced, useGM-approved brake pads. If this isnot done, the brake fade warningsystem may not function properly.

Cold Weather Brake Operation

High performance brakecomponents may bind and clunkwhen moving the vehicle. This maybe noticeable after parking when thebrakes have been wet, such aswhen driving in the rain or after acar wash. This is normal for brakeswith high friction pads and does notaffect the operation of the brakes.Apply the brakes several times untilthe binding or clunking stops. Drivethe vehicle and apply the brakesseveral times if it is washed beforelong-term storage.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with GM approved DOT 4brake fluid as indicated on the

reservoir cap. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 215 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on alevel surface, the brake fluid levelshould be between the minimumand maximum marks on the brakefluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system. Have thebrake hydraulic system fixed.With a leak, the brakes will notwork well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluid


234 Vehicle Care

when new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

Caution

If too much brake fluid is added,the brake fluid can spill and causevehicle damage, includingdamage to electrical componentsand surfaces. Add brake fluid onlywhen work is done on the brakehydraulic system.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 104.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluidat the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 287.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 4brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 296.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

Refer to the replacement number onthe original battery label when anew battery is needed. For batteryreplacement, see your dealer.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 210 and the backcover.


Vehicle Care 235

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 268 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Some vehicles have a batterymaintainer package. Follow theinstructions provided with thebattery maintainer package to keep

the battery charged when thevehicle is not in use. Plug thebattery maintainer into theunderhood accessory poweroutlet only.

For vehicles without a batterymaintainer, see the followinginformation:

Infrequent Usage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery to keep the battery fromrunning down.

See “Window Indexing” underPower Windows 0 35.

Extended Storage: It isrecommended that the batterymaintainer package be used.However, if not, remove the black,negative (−) cable from the battery.All vehicle memory settings willneed to be reset when batterypower is restored.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe parking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.


236 Vehicle Care. To check the P (Park)

mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear and cracking.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For proper type andlength, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 297.

To replace the windshield wiperblade:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

2. Lift up on the latch in themiddle of the wiper bladewhere the wiper arm attaches.

3. With the latch open, pull thewiper blade down toward thewindshield far enough torelease it from the J-hookedend of the wiper arm.

4. Remove the wiper blade.

Allowing the wiper blade arm totouch the windshield when nowiper blade is installed coulddamage the windshield. Anydamage that occurs would notbe covered by the vehicle

warranty. Do not allow thewiper blade arm to touch thewindshield.

5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Windshield Replacement

HUD System

The windshield is part of the HUDsystem. If the windshield needs tobe replaced, be sure to get one thatis designed for HUD or the HUDimage may look out of focus.

Driver Assistance Systems

If the windshield needs to bereplaced and the vehicle isequipped with a front camera sensorfor the Driver Assistance Systems, aGM replacement windshield isrecommended. The replacementwindshield must be installedaccording to GM specifications forproper alignment. If it is not, thesesystems may not work properly, theymay display messages, or they maynot work at all. See your dealer forproper windshield replacement.


Vehicle Care 237

Acoustic Windshield

The vehicle is equipped with anacoustic windshield. If thewindshield needs to be replaced besure to get an acoustic windshieldso you will continue to have thebenefits an acoustic windshield canprovide.

Gas Strut(s)This vehicle is equipped with gasstrut(s) to provide assistance inlifting and holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full openposition.

{ Warning

If the gas struts that hold openthe hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,you or others could be seriouslyinjured. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service immediately.Visually inspect the gas struts forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage periodically. Check tomake sure the hood/trunk/liftgate

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

is held open with enough force.If struts are failing to hold thehood/trunk/liftgate, do notoperate. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Do not apply tape or hang anyobjects from gas struts. Also donot push down or pull on gasstruts. This may cause damage tothe vehicle.

See Maintenance Schedule 0 287.

Hood

Trunk


238 Vehicle Care

Liftgate

Headlamp Aiming

Front Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.

Bulb Replacement

LED LightingThis vehicle has all LED lamps. Forreplacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.


Vehicle Care 239

Electrical System

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses to protectagainst an electrical systemoverload.

Fuses protect power devices in thevehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand will then restart.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits byfuses. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused byelectrical problems.

{ Danger

Fuses and circuit breakers aremarked with their ampere rating.Do not exceed thespecified amperage rating whenreplacing fuses and circuitbreakers. Use of an oversized

(Continued)

Danger (Continued)

fuse or circuit breaker can resultin a vehicle fire. You and otherscould be seriously injured orkilled.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.

Instrument Panel FuseBlockThe instrument panel fuse block isbehind the glove box. The glove boxcan be accessed by unlatching thedoor damper and squeezing thepivot to release the damper ring.Pull the glove box bin side walls in


240 Vehicle Care

to release the door stops. Then turnthe door until the hinge hooksrelease from hinge pin.

To Access:

1. Open the top cover.

2. Remove the top cover bypushing inward on the latch.

3. Pull the cover upward.

To Install:

1. Insert the tabs on the back ofthe cover into the slots in theinstrument panel.

2. Align the clip with the slots inthe instrument panel.

3. Press the cover into place.

See your dealer if additionalassistance is needed.


Vehicle Care 241

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses and relaysshown.

Fuses Usage

1 –

2 Front wiper

3 Cooling fan 1

4 –

5 Cooling fan 2

Fuses Usage

6 Front blower

7 Front lift/Automaticlevel control

8 Shifter interfaceboard module

9 –

10 Display IP cluster/HVAC/Center stackmodule

Fuses Usage

11 USB

12 –

13 –

14 Glove box

15 –

16 –

17 Remote functionactuator

18 Front trunk release

19 Intelligent batterysensor

20 Exterior lightingmodule 1



23 Body controlmodule 2


25 Amplifier


242 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

26 Automatic occupantsensing/Electric parkbrake

27 Video processingmodule

28 Right headlamp

29 –

30 Sensing anddiagnostic module/Automatic occupantsensing


32 Column lock module

33 Data link connection/Wireless chargingmodule

34 Telematics/Head updisplay

35 Horn

36 –

37 –

38 Front wash pump

Fuses Usage

39 Rear auxiliary poweroutlet

40 Performance datarecorder/Centerstack module

41 –

42 Theft deterrent

43 Left headlamp


45 Power steeringcolumn module





50 Front auxiliary poweroutlet

51 –

Fuses Usage

52 Steering wheelcontrol switch

53 Heated steeringwheel

54 –

Relays Usage

1 –

2 Glove box relay

3 Horn relay

4 Front wash relay

5 Retained accessorypower/Accessoryrelay

6 Front trunk releaserelay 1

7 –

8 –

9 Front trunk releaserelay 2

10 Wiper relay


Vehicle Care 243

Rear Compartment FuseBlockThe rear compartment fuse block isin the rear of the vehicle in betweenthe seats.

To Access:

1. Open top cover.

2. Remove the top cover bypushing inward on the latch.

3. Pull the cover upward.

To Install:

1. Insert the tabs on the back ofthe cover into the slots in therear compartment.

2. Align the clip with the slots inthe instrument panel.

3. Press the cover into place.

See your dealer if additionalassistance is needed.


244 Vehicle Care

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

1 Driver memory seatmodule/Power seat

2 Driver heated seat

3 Passenger memoryseat module/Power seat

Fuses Usage

4 Passengerheated seat

5 Transmissioncontrol module

6 Rear park assist

7 Power soundermodule/Pedestrianfriendly alertfunction

Fuses Usage

8 Side blind zonealert

9 Column lockmodule

10 Engine controlmodule/Airconditioning

11 –

12 Lithium ion batterymodule

13 Active fuelmanagement

14 Seat fan

15 –

16 Exterior lightingmodule

17 Instrument panelcluster/Shifterinterface board/Transmissioncontrol module/Electronic brakecontrol module


Vehicle Care 245

Fuses Usage

18 Engine controlmodule

19 –

20 Sensing anddiagnostic module/Inside rear viewmirror

21 Exhaust valvesolenoid

22 Fuel pump/Fueltank zone module

23 Tonneau left

24 Tonneau right

25 Convertible topright

26 Convertible top left

27 Electronicsuspension control

28 –

29 CGM

30 O2 sensor

Fuses Usage

31 O2 sensor/Engineoil/Canister purge/Active fuelmanagement

32 Ignition even

33 Ignition odd

34 Engine controlmodule 1

35 Engine controlmodule/Mass airflow sensor/O2sensor/Airconditioning

36 –

37 Canister vent

38 Latch controlmodule

39 Right windowswitch/Door lock

40 Left window switch/Door lock

41 –

42 Engine controlmodule 2

Fuses Usage

43 –

44 Air conditioningclutch

45 –

46 –

47 –

48 –

49 Auxiliary coolingfan right

50 –

51 –

52 –

53 Starter solenoid

54 Auxiliary coolingfan left

55 Front lift/Automaticleveling control

56 –

57 Rear windowdefogger

58 –


246 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

59 Left/right window

60 Passengerpower seat

61 Driver power seat

Relays Usage

1 –

2 Powertrain relay

3 Run/crank relay

4 Rear defoggerrelay

5 Air conditioningclutch relay

6 –

7 –

8 –

9 –

10 –

11 –

12 –

13 –

Relays Usage

14 Starter solenoidrelay

15 –

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 159.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 247

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

See Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation 0 255 forinflation pressure adjustment forhigh-speed driving.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overallperformance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires 0 248.


248 Vehicle Care

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow coveredroads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 262.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Run-Flat TiresThis vehicle, when new, had run-flattires. There is no spare tire, no tirechanging equipment, and no placeto store a tire in the vehicle.

The vehicle also has a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS)that indicates a loss of tire pressurein any of the tires.

{ Warning

If the low tire warning lightdisplays on the instrument cluster,the handling capabilities will bereduced during severemaneuvers. Driving too fast couldcause loss of control and you orothers could be injured. Do not

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) whenthe low tire warning light isdisplayed. Drive cautiously andcheck the tire pressures as soonas possible.

Run-flat tires can be driven on withno air pressure. There is no need tostop on the side of the road tochange the tire. Continue driving;however, do not drive too far or toofast. Driving on the tire may not bepossible if there is permanentdamage. To prevent permanentdamage, the tire can be driven withno air pressure for up to 80 km(50 mi) at speeds slower than80 km/h (50 mph) when carrying aload of driver plus one passenger.When carrying a heavier load, totaldistance driven without air shouldbe reduced. As soon as possible,contact the nearest authorized GMor run-flat servicing facility forinspection and repair orreplacement.


Vehicle Care 249

When driving on a deflated run-flattire, avoid potholes and other roadhazards that could damage the tireand/or wheel beyond repair. When atire has been damaged, or if drivenany distance while deflated, checkwith an authorized run-flat tireservice center to determine whetherthe tire can be repaired or should bereplaced. To maintain the run-flatfeature, all replacement tires mustbe run-flat tires.

To locate the nearest GM or run-flatservicing facility, call CustomerAssistance.

Low-Profile Tires

Low-Profile Performance Tires

Caution

If the vehicle has 245/35ZR19 and 305/30ZR20 sizetires, they are classified aslow-profile performance tires.Low-profile tires are moresusceptible to damage from road

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

hazards or curb impact thanstandard profile tires. Tire and/orwheel assembly damage canoccur when coming into contactwith road hazards like potholes,or sharp edged objects, or whensliding into a curb. The warrantydoes not cover this type ofdamage. Keep tires set to thecorrect inflation pressure andwhen possible, avoid contact withcurbs, potholes, and other roadhazards.

Summer TiresHigh Performance Summer Tires

This vehicle may come with 245/35ZR19 and 305/30ZR20 highperformance summer tires. Thesetires have a special tread andcompound that are optimized formaximum dry and wet roadperformance. This special tread andcompound will have decreasedperformance in cold climates, and

on ice and snow. It is recommendedthat winter tires be installed on thevehicle if frequent driving attemperatures below approximately5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snowcovered roads is expected. SeeWinter Tires 0 248.

Caution

High performance summer tireshave rubber compounds that loseflexibility and may developsurface cracks in the tread areaat temperatures below −7 °C(20 °F). Always store highperformance summer tiresindoors and at temperaturesabove −7 °C (20 °F) when not inuse. If the tires have beensubjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,let them warm up in a heatedspace to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for24 hours or more before beinginstalled or driving a vehicle onwhich they are installed. Do notapply heat or blow heated air

(Continued)


250 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

directly on the tires. Alwaysinspect tires before use. See TireInspection 0 260.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexample shows a typicalpassenger tire sidewall. Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specification

code molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week(01-52) and the last two digits,the year. For example, the thirdweek of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).


Vehicle Care 251

The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 264.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The example shows a typicalpassenger vehicle tire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter “P” as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.

For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem (3) of the illustration, itwould mean that the tire'ssidewall is 60 percent as high asit is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter “R” means radial plyconstruction; the letter “D”means diagonal or bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.


252 Vehicle Care

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch ofthe tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories areautomatic transmission, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressure0 254.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.

Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limits0 159.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 159.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 159.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.


Vehicle Care 253

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 159.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommended

tire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard. See TirePressure 0 254 andVehicle Load Limits 0 159.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.


254 Vehicle Care

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires0 261.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tiremanufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 264.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 159.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehiclecapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 159.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

{ Warning

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating, which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.


Vehicle Care 255

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 159.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the pressure of your tiresonce a month or more.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check the tirepressure. Proper tire inflationcannot be determined by lookingat the tire. Check the tireinflation pressure when the tires

are cold, meaning the vehiclehas not been driven for at leastthree hours or no more than1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget the pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.

If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure in high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.Re-check the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensors

could be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation

{ Warning

Driving at high speeds, 255 km/h(155 mph) or higher, putsadditional strain on tires.Sustained high-speed drivingcauses excessive heat buildupand can cause sudden tire failure.This could cause a crash, andyou or others could be killed.Some high-speed rated tiresrequire inflation pressureadjustment for high-speedoperation. When speed limits androad conditions allow the vehicleto be driven at high speeds, makesure the tires are rated forhigh-speed operation, are inexcellent condition, and are set tothe correct cold tire inflationpressure for the vehicle load.


256 Vehicle Care

Vehicles with 245/35ZR19 and 305/30ZR20 size tires require inflationpressure adjustment when drivingthe vehicle at speeds of 255 km/h(155 mph) or higher. Set the coldtire inflation pressure to 260 kPa(38 psi).

Return the tires to therecommended cold tire inflationpressure when high-speed drivinghas ended. See Vehicle Load Limits0 159.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflation

pressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tire

pressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle to


Vehicle Care 257

ensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 257.


Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly on your vehicle. TheTPMS sensors monitor the airpressure in the tires and transmitthe tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning light,located in the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressureshown on the tire loadinginformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 159.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message appear ateach ignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tirepressure levels can be viewed. Foradditional information and detailsabout the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 108.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Information labelshows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 159, for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 254 for additionalinformation.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection0 260, Tire Rotation 0 260, When ItIs Time for New Tires 0 261, andTires 0 246.


258 Vehicle Care

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire pressure warning lightflashes for about one minute andthen stays on for the remainder ofthe ignition cycle. A DIC warningmessage also displays. Themalfunction light and DIC warningmessage come on at each ignition

cycle until the problem is corrected.Some of the conditions that cancause these to come on are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and DIC message shouldgo off after the road tire isreplaced and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See "TPMS SensorMatching Process" later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing thesensor matching process.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 262.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly, it cannot detect or signal alow tire pressure condition. Seeyour dealer for service if the TPMSmalfunction light and DIC messagecome on and stays on.

Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)

This feature provides visual andaudible alerts outside the vehicle tohelp when inflating an underinflatedtire to the recommended cold tirepressure.

When the low tire pressure warninglight comes on:


Vehicle Care 259

1. Park the vehicle in a safe, levelplace.

2. Set the parking brake firmly.


4. Add air to the tire that isunderinflated. The turn signallamp will flash.

When the recommendedpressure is reached, the hornsounds once. If the tire beinginflated is a front tire, then thefront turn signal lamp closest tothe tire being inflated will stopflashing and briefly turn solid.If the tire being inflated is arear tire, then the rear turnsignal lamp closest to the tirebeing inflated will stop flashing.

Repeat these steps for allunderinflated tires that haveilluminated the low tire pressurewarning light.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Do notexceed the maximum pressurelisted on the tire sidewall. SeeTire Sidewall Labeling 0 250 andVehicle Load Limits 0 159.

If the tire is overinflated by morethan 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn willsound multiple times and the turnsignal lamp will continue to flash forseveral seconds after filling stops.To release and correct the pressure,while the turn signal lamp is stillflashing, briefly press the center ofthe valve stem. When therecommended pressure is reached,the horn sounds once.

If the turn signal lamp does not flashwithin 15 seconds after starting toinflate the tire, the tire fill alert hasnot been activated or is not working.

If the hazard warning flashers areon, the tire fill alert visual feedbackwill not work properly.

The TPMS will not activate the tirefill alert properly under the followingconditions:

. There is interference from anexternal device or transmitter.

. The air pressure from theinflation device is not sufficientto inflate the tire.

. There is a malfunction inthe TPMS.

. There is a malfunction in thehorn or turn signal lamps.

. The identification code of theTPMS sensor is not registered tothe system.

. The battery of the TPMS sensoris low.

If the tire fill alert does not operatedue to TPMS interference, move thevehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back orforward and try again. If the tire fillalert feature is not working, use atire pressure gauge.


260 Vehicle Care

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess — Auto LearnFunction

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thetires or replacing one or more of theTPMS sensors. When a tire isinstalled, the vehicle must bestationary for about 20 minutesbefore the system recalculates. Thefollowing relearn process takes upto 10 minutes, driving at a minimumspeed of 20 km/h (12 mph).A dash (-) or pressure value willdisplay in the DIC. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 108.A warning message displays in theDIC if a problem occurs during therelearn process.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationThe tires should be rotatedevery 12 000 km (7,500 mi). SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 287.

Tires are rotated to achieveuniform wear for all tires. Thefirst rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment. See When It Is Timefor New Tires 0 261 andWheel Replacement 0 266.

Different tire sizes should not berotated front to rear.


Vehicle Care 261

Use this rotation pattern if thevehicle has different size tireson the front and rear.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated. SeeTire Pressure 0 254 andVehicle Load Limits 0 159.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 257.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 300.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or onthe parts to which it isfastened, can make wheelnuts become loose after time.The wheel could come off andcause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places wherethe wheel attaches to thevehicle. In an emergency, acloth or a paper towel can beused; however, use a scraperor wire brush later to removeall rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the inner diameter ofthe wheel hub opening withwheel bearing grease after awheel change or tire rotation toprevent corrosion or rust

buildup. Do not get grease onthe flat wheel mounting surfaceor on the wheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)


262 Vehicle Care

or less of tread remaining. See TireInspection 0 260 andTire Rotation 0 260.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Toidentify the age of a tire, use the tiremanufacture date which is the lastfour digits of the DOT TireIdentification Number (TIN) which ismolded into one side of the tiresidewall. The first two digitsrepresent the week (01–52) and thelast two digits, the year. Forexample, the third week of the year2010 would have a four-digit DOTdate of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for at

least a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be freeof grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of thevehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec numberwill be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 250, for additionalinformation.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation and


Vehicle Care 263

maintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 260 for informationon proper tire rotation. However,if it is necessary to replace onlyone axle set of worn tires, placethe new tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, and ZR speed rated tires.Never exceed the winter tire'smaximum speed capability whenusing winter tires with a lowerspeed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes(other than those originallyinstalled on the vehicle), brands,or types may cause loss ofcontrol of the vehicle, resulting ina crash or other vehicle damage.Use the correct size, brand, andtype of tire on all four wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,

load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 257.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits0 159.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, traction


264 Vehicle Care

control, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 262 andAccessories and Modifications0 211.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National Highway

Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls ofmost passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from the


Vehicle Care 265

norm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level ofperformance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,

underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or thevehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.


266 Vehicle Care

Road Imperfections/Crown Effects

The vehicle's precise steering andhandling make it very responsive toroad surface feedback. A slight pullmay be felt in the steeringdepending on the crown of the roadand/or other road surface variationssuch as troughs or ruts. This isnormal and the vehicle does notrequire service.

Tire Chatter/Hop

When driving at slow speeds and invery tight turns, the vehicle mayhave tire chatter/hop. This is normaland the vehicle does not requireservice.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts,or wheel nuts with new GM originalequipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tireclearance to the body andchassis.


Vehicle Care 267

Tightening Wheel Lug Nuts

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on studsor the threads of the wheel nuts.The wheel nuts might come looseand the wheel could fall off,causing a crash.

{ Warning

Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can causethe wheel to become loose andeven come off. This could lead toa crash. Be sure to use thecorrect wheel nuts. If you have toreplace them, be sure to get newGM original equipmentwheel nuts.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification.

Tighten the wheel lug nuts firmly ina crisscross sequence. SeeCapacities and Specifications 0 300.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

Do not use tire chains. There isnot enough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension, or other vehicleparts. The area damaged by thetire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash. Use anothertype of traction device only if itsmanufacturer recommends it forthe vehicle's tire size combinationand road conditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, driveslowly and readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels.If traction devices are used, installthem on the rear tires.


268 Vehicle Care

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. If air goesout of a tire, it is much more likely toleak out slowly. See Tires 0 246 foradditional information. But if thereever is a blowout, here are a fewtips about what to expect and whatto do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

The vehicle has no spare tire, notire changing equipment, and noplace to store a tire.

If the vehicle has run-flat tires, thereis no need to stop on the side of theroad to change a flat tire. SeeRun-Flat Tires 0 248.

{ Warning

Special tools and procedures arerequired to service a run-flat tire.If these special tools andprocedures are not used, injury orvehicle damage may occur.Always be sure the proper toolsand procedures, as described inthe service manual, are used.

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 234.

If the battery has run down, useanother vehicle and some jumpercables to start the vehicle. Be sureto use the following steps to do itsafely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTER

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 269

Warning (Continued)

HANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 210 and the backcover.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

The battery is under a battery coverand side extensions/shields in theunderhood compartment.

To access the battery under thehood, the right hand and left handsight shields need to be removed tobe able to remove the second coverassembly to access the battery. Thepositive battery terminal is on thedriver side and the negative terminalis on the passenger side.

Before you connect the cables, hereare some basic things you shouldknow. Positive (+) will go to thepositive (+) terminal. Negative (−)will go the negative (−) terminal.

1. Discharged BatteryNegative (−) Terminal

2. Discharged BatteryPositive (+) Terminal

3. Good Battery Negative (−)Terminal

4. Good Battery Positive (+)Terminal

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.


270 Vehicle Care

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Get the vehicles close enoughso the jumper cables canreach, but be sure the vehiclesare not touching each other.If they are, it could cause aground connection you do notwant. You would not be able tostart the vehicle, and the badgrounding could damage theelectrical systems.

To avoid the possibility of thevehicles rolling, set the parkingbrake firmly on both vehiclesinvolved in the jump startprocedure. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in Neutralbefore setting the parkingbrakes.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

3. Turn off the ignition on bothvehicles. Unplug unnecessaryaccessories plugged into thecigarette lighter or theaccessory power outlet. Turnoff the radio and all lamps thatare not needed. This will avoidsparks and help save bothbatteries. And it could save theradio!

4. Open the hood. See Hood0 21.

5. Release the four clips for theleft and right outer covers.


Vehicle Care 271

6. Release the five clips andremove the outer cover toaccess the battery.

7. Locate the battery positive (+)and negative (−) terminals.

8. Check that the jumper cablesdo not have loose or missinginsulation. If they do, you couldget a shock. The vehiclescould be damaged too.

9. Open the positive terminal trimcover and connect the redpositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal (2) of thedead battery.

10. Do not let the other end touchmetal. Connect it to thepositive (+) terminal (4) of thegood battery.

11. Now connect the blacknegative (−) cable to thenegative (−) terminal (3) of thegood battery.

Do not let the other end touchanything until the next step.

12. Connect the other end of thenegative (−) cable to thenegative (−) terminal (1) on thedead battery.

13. Now start the vehicle with thegood battery and run theengine for a while.

14. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.

The power windows may need to beinitialized. See “Window Indexing”under Power Windows 0 35.


272 Vehicle Care

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not lashor hook to suspensioncomponents. Use the properstraps around the tires to securethe vehicle. Do not drag a lockedwheel/tire. Use tire skates ordollies under any locked wheel/tire while loading the vehicle. Donot use a sling type lift to tow thevehicle. This could damage thevehicle.

GM recommends a flatbed tow truckto transport a disabled vehicle. Useramps to help reduce approachangles, if necessary. A towedvehicle should have its drive wheelsoff the ground. If the disabledvehicle must be towed, and iscovered by GM and/or OnStar

roadside benefits, contact RoadsideAssistance. Otherwise contact aprofessional towing service.

The Front Lift System can be raisedwith the engine off. With the vehiclein ACC/ACCESSORY and the doorsclosed, press and hold the Front LiftSystem button for 10 seconds. SeeFront Lift System 0 190.

After the vehicle is loaded, the frontcan be lowered by pressing theFront Lift System button again withthe doors closed.

Using the Tow Eye

Caution

Improper use of the tow eye candamage the vehicle. If equipped,use the tow eye to load adisabled vehicle onto a flatbedtow truck from a flat road surface,or to move the vehicle a shortdistance. Use caution and lowspeeds. The transmission mustbe in (N) Neutral when movingthe vehicle.

The vehicle may be equipped with atow eye that can be used to pull thevehicle onto a flatbed car carrierfrom a flat road surface. Do not usethe tow eye to pull the vehicle fromsnow, mud, or sand.

A tow eye may have been providedat vehicle delivery. If necessary, atow eye can be obtained from yourdealer.

Front Tow Eye Cover


Vehicle Care 273

Rear Tow Eye Cover

The tow eye sockets are accessiblethrough covers in the fascia.

Carefully remove the cover using aflat plastic tool in the small notch onthe side of the cover. Slowly lift thecover away from the fascia to avoiddamage.

Front Tow Eye Rear Tow Eye

Install the tow eye into the socket byturning it clockwise until it stops.When the tow eye is removed,reinstall the cover with the notch inthe original position.


274 Vehicle Care

The vehicle is equipped with slotsthat are located underneath thevehicle rearward of the front tires.These can be used to pull thevehicle onto a flatbed car carrierfrom a flat road surface. Do not usethe tow eye to pull the vehicle fromsnow, mud, or sand.

To tow the vehicle behind anothervehicle for recreational purposes,such as behind a motor home, see“Recreational Vehicle Towing”following.

Recreational VehicleTowing

Caution

Dolly towing or dinghy towing thevehicle may cause damagebecause of reduced groundclearance. Always put the vehicleon a flatbed truck or trailer.

The vehicle was neither designednor intended to be towed with any ofits wheels on the ground. If thevehicle must be towed, see Towingthe Vehicle 0 272.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 296.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 275

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Cleaning Underhood Components

Caution

Do not power wash anycomponent under the hood that

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

has thise symbol.

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Solvents or aggressive cleanersmay harm underhood components.The usages of these chemicalsshould be avoided. Recommendwater only.

A pressure washer may be used,but care must be utilized. Thefollowing criteria must be followed:

. Water pressure must be keptbelow 14,000 KPa (2,000 PSI).

. Water temperature must bebelow 80 °C (180 °F).

. Spray nozzle with a 40 degreewide angle spray pattern orwider must be used.

. Nozzle must be kept at least30 cm (1 ft) away from allsurfaces.

Automatic Car Wash

Caution

Automatic car washes can causedamage to the vehicle, wheels,ground effects, and convertibletop (if equipped).

Do not use automatic car washesdue to lack of clearance for theundercarriage, wide rear tires,and wheels.

Hand Wash

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theydry on the surface staining couldoccur.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfaces


276 Vehicle Care

are damaged, see your dealer tohave the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, flat paint,or metal mesh grilles as damagecan occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome, andstainless steel. To prevent damagealways follow these cleaninginstructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chrome,and stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.


Vehicle Care 277

Convertible Top Care

Only lower the top when it iscompletely dry and avoid leavingthe top lowered for extendedperiods of time to prevent excessiveinterior weathering.

Carbon Fiber Care

Carbon fiber composite parts can bewashed and waxed like any otherparts. Use a clear or blackpigmented wax. See CompositeMaterials 0 163.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhile they are dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners

. Ice scrapers or other hard items

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes - Mesh Grilles

Keep the rear and hood mesh grillesclear of debris. The metal meshgrilles may be hot to the touch aftervehicle operation.


278 Vehicle Care

Rear Mesh Grille

Coupe Mesh Grille

Convertible Mesh Grille

Do not apply wax to the meshgrilles.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, anda buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply weatherstrip lubricant onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesrequire more frequent application.Black marks from rubber material onpainted surfaces can be removed byrubbing with a clean cloth. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 296.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 279

Caution (Continued)

or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Wheel Trim

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and chromewheel trim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium chloride orcalcium chloride. These are usedon roads for conditions such asdust and ice. Always wash thechrome with soap and water afterexposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage onwheels and wheel trim, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,or brushes. Use only GMapproved cleaners. Do not drivethe vehicle through an automaticcar wash that uses silicon carbidetire/wheel cleaning brushes.Damage could occur and therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and rotorsfor surface condition. Inspect drumbrake linings/shoes for wear orcracks.

Inspect other brake parts, includingdrums, wheel cylinders, calipers,parking brake, master cylinder,

brake fluid reservoir, vacuum pipes,electric vacuum pump includingbracket and vent hose, if equipped.

If equipped with Z51, inspect brakecooling components. See TrackEvents and Competitive Driving(Z51 Only) 0 149.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properhook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, and liftgate hinges,unless the components are plastic.Applying silicone grease onweatherstrips with a clean cloth willmake them last longer, seal better,and not stick or squeak.


280 Vehicle Care

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from theunderbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles andshould be replaced.

Body Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer. Largerareas of finish damage can becorrected in your dealer's body andpaint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle interior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately remove

hand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with too muchpressure.


Vehicle Care 281. Do not use laundry detergents or

dishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.A microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning cloth


282 Vehicle Care

to a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently change

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 283

Caution (Continued)

the appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Convenience Net

If equipped, wash with warm waterand mild detergent. Do not usechlorine bleach. Rinse with coldwater, and then dry completely.

Care of Seat Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage:

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the accelerator orbrake pedal. Always check thatthe floor mats do not interferewith the pedals.


284 Vehicle Care. Do not use a floor mat if the

vehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

The floor mats are held in place bytwo retainers.

Installing and Replacing theFloor Mats

1. Pull up on the rear of the floormat to remove it from theretainers.

2. Reinstall by lining up theopenings in the floor mat overthe retainers and push downinto position.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured in place.Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


Service and Maintenance 285

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 285

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 287

Special Application ServicesSpecial ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 298

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the place

for routine maintenance such as oilchanges, tire rotations, andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

Do not have chemical flushes thatare not approved by GMperformed on the vehicle. Theuse of flushes, solvents, cleaners,or lubricants that are notapproved by GM could damagethe vehicle, requiring expensiverepairs that are not covered bythe vehicle warranty.


286 Service and Maintenance

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km(7,500 mi). Proper vehiclemaintenance helps to keep thevehicle in good working condition,improves fuel economy, andreduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be morefrequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limits0 159.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeRecommended Fuel 0 204.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather.

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain.

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

If they are not, see your dealer tohave a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 213.



MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 218.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See Tire Pressure0 254.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 260.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid0 231.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message displays, changethe engine oil and filter within thenext 1 000 km (600 mi). If drivenunder the best conditions, theengine oil life system may notindicate the need for vehicle servicefor up to a year. The engine oil andfilter must be changed at least oncea year and the oil life system must

be reset. Your trained dealertechnician can perform this work.If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5 000 km (3,000 mi) since thelast service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed.See Engine Oil Life System 0 221.

Engine Air Filter Change

When the REPLACE AT NEXT OILCHANGE message displays,change the engine air filter at thenext engine oil change. When theREPLACE ENGINE AIR FILTERSOON message displays, theengine air filter should be replacedat the earliest convenience. Resetthe engine air filter life system afterthe engine air filter is replaced. SeeEngine Air Filter Life System 0 224.

Transmission Fluid Change

When the CHANGETRANSMISSION FLUID SOONmessage displays, change the fluidand filter within the next 1 000 km(600 mi). Failure to change thetransmission fluid at requiredintervals can lead to reduced

transmission performance. Thetransmission fluid must be changedat least every three years and theFluid Life System must be reset.Your dealer has trained servicetechnicians who will change the fluidand reset the system. If the systemis ever reset accidentally, the fluidmust be changed at 72 000 km(45,000 mi) since the last fluidchange. See Dual ClutchTransmission Fluid Life System0 223.

Air Conditioning Desiccant(Replace Every Seven Years)

The air conditioning system requiresmaintenance every seven years.This service requires replacement ofthe desiccant to help the longevityand efficient operation of the airconditioning system. This servicecan be complex. See your dealer.

Required Services Every12 000 km (7,500 mi). Check engine oil level and oil

life percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, and



reset oil life system. See EngineOil 0 218 andEngine Oil Life System 0 221.

. If equipped with the engine airfilter life system, check the airfilter life percentage.If necessary, replace the engineair filter and reset the engine airfilter life system. See Engine AirFilter Life System 0 224. If thevehicle is not equipped with theengine air filter life system,inspect the engine air cleanerfilter. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 224.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeCooling System 0 226.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 231.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 254.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 260.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 274.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damage,including cracks or tears in therubber boots, loose or missingparts, or signs of wear at leastonce a year. See Exterior Care0 274.

. Inspect power steering forproper attachment, connections,binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc.

. Visually inspect halfshafts anddriveshafts for excessive wear,lubricant leaks, and/or damageincluding: tube dents or cracks,constant velocity joint oruniversal joint looseness,cracked or missing boots, looseor missing boot clamps, centerbearing excessive looseness,loose or missing fasteners, andaxle seal leaks.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 61.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 274.

. Check parking brake and dualclutch transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check0 235.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. If the holdopen is low, service the gasstrut. See Gas Strut(s) 0 237.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Perform Required Services. Check engine oillevel and oil life percentage. Change engine oiland filter, if needed. Check engine air filter life per-centage and status. Change engine air filter,if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine airfilter life system, replace engine air cleanerfilter. (3)

@ @ @

Check the dual clutch transmission fluid life per-centage. Change the fluid if needed. (4) @ @ @

Change the dual clutch transmission canisterfilter. (5) @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wiresand/or boots. @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (6) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (7) @

Replace brake fluid. (8)

Replace front lift system fluid. (9)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (10) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hatch/trunk support gas struts. (11) @ @

Replace air conditioning desiccant. (12)



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 224.

(4) Or every three years, whichevercomes first. If the vehicle mileage isnear the canister filter replacementinterval, replace the fluid and filter.

More frequent fluid and filterreplacement may be needed if thevehicle is competitively oraggressively driven. This servicecan be complex. See your dealer.

(5) Check the transmission fluidlife percentage. If the percentage isless than 10%, replace the fluid andfilter. The initial transmissioncanister filter change must beperformed at 12 000 km (7,500 mi),and every 36 000 km (22,500 mi)thereafter. This service can becomplex. See your dealer.

(6) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 226.

(7) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(8) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 233.

(9) Replace front lift system fluidevery five years. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 296

(10) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 236.

(11) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 237.

(12) Replace air conditioningdesiccant every seven years.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Perform Required Services. Check engine oillevel and oil life percentage. Change engine oiland filter, if needed. Check engine air filter life per-centage and status. Change engine air filter,if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine airfilter life system, replace engine air cleanerfilter. (3)

@ @ @

Check the dual clutch transmission fluid life per-centage. Change the fluid if needed. (4) @ @ @

Change the dual clutch transmission canisterfilter. (5) @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wiresand/or boots. @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (6) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (7) @

Replace brake fluid. (8)

Replace front lift system fluid. (9)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (10) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hatch/trunk support gas struts. (11) @ @

Replace air conditioning desiccant. (12)



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 224.

(4) Or every three years, whichevercomes first. If the vehicle mileage isnear the canister filter replacementinterval, replace the fluid and filter.

More frequent fluid and filterreplacement may be needed if thevehicle is competitively oraggressively driven. This servicecan be complex. See your dealer.

(5) Check the transmission fluidlife percentage. If the percentage isless than 10%, replace the fluid andfilter. The initial transmissioncanister filter change must beperformed at 12 000 km (7,500 mi),and every 36 000 km (22,500 mi)thereafter. This service can becomplex. See your dealer.

(6) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 226.

(7) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(8) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 233.

(9) Replace front lift system fluidevery five years. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 296

(10) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 236.

(11) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 237.

(12) Replace air conditioningdesiccant every seven years.



Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every oil change.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Care0 274.

AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies powerto start the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.


294 Service and Maintenance. Trained dealer technicians have

access to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 296 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshieldwasher fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.

Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signs

of leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.



Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 280 andExterior Care 0 274.

Front Air Dam and Splitter

These components not onlyenhance the looks of a vehicle, theyare important for fuel economy andvehicle handling as well.

Inspect front air dam and splitter.See your dealer if missing ordamaged. See Front Air Dam (andSplitter) 0 163 andComposite Materials 0 163.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and LubricantsFluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can beobtained from your dealer.

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Chassis Lubrication Chassis lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LBor GC-LB.

Dual Clutch Transmission See your dealer.

Engine Coolant 40/60 coolant/water mixture of clean, drinkable water and use onlyDEX-COOL Coolant. See Cooling System 0 226.

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos2 specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. Mobil 1 dexos2 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil0 218.

Front Lift System GM Approved DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid. See Front Lift System 0 190.

Hydraulic Brake System GM Approved DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid.

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.



Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 84378662 A3249C

Engine Oil Filter 12696048 PF64

Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 13508023 CF185

Spark Plug 12622442 41-149

External Transmission Filter Kit 24299326 —

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 600 mm (23.6 in) 84566977 —

Passenger Side – 525 mm (20.7 in) 84566978 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

Date OdometerReading Serviced By Services Performed


Technical Data 299

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Service Parts Identification . . . 299

Vehicle DataCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 302

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe driver side of the vehicle. It canbe seen through the windshield fromoutside. The Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) also appears on theVehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacement

parts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 300 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentificationThere will be a large barcode on thecertification label located on thedriver’s door that you can scan forthe following information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Model designation

. Paint information

. Production options


300 Technical Data

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions.

See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 296.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant chargetype and amount, see the refrigerant label underthe hood. See your dealer for more information.

Engine Cooling System with Performance Package* 21.5 L 22.7 qt

Engine Cooling System without Performance Package* 20.5 L 21.7 qt

Engine Oil with Filter 7.1 L 7.5 qt

Fuel Tank 70.0 L 18.5 gal

Wheel Nut Torque 190Y 140 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling

*Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.


Technical Data 301

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap Firing Order

6.2L V8 Engine (LT2) 4 Dual ClutchTransmission

0.95-1.10 mm(0.037-0.043 in)

1-8-7-2-6-5-4-3

Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damagethe spark plug.

Engine Data

Engine Horsepower Torque Displacement Compression Ratio

6.2L V8 Engine(LT2) withPerformanceExhaust

495 470 lb ft 6.2 L 11.5:1

6.2L V8 Engine(LT2) with StandardExhaust

490 465 lb ft 6.2 L 11.5:1


302 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

6.2L LT2 Engine


Customer Information 303

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Customer AssistanceOffices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 306

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 306GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Scheduling ServiceAppointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 310Publication OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Radio FrequencyStatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects tothe United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 315OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 316

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toChevrolet. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service,or parts manager, contact the ownerof your dealership or the generalmanager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot be


304 Customer Information

resolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800-222-1020. InCanada, call General Motors ofCanada Customer Care Centre at1-800-263-3777 (English),or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give yourinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Chevrolet,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith your new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line Program toenforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby BBB National Programs, Inc. tosettle automotive disputes regardingvehicle repairs or the interpretationof the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. Although you may berequired to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramBBB National Programs, Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.

STEP THREE — CanadianOwners : In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of CanadaCompany wants you to be aware of



its participation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration Program.General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to bindingarbitration of owner disputesinvolving factory-related vehicleservice claims. The programprovides for the review of the factsinvolved by an impartial third partyarbiter, and may include an informalhearing before the arbiter. Theprogram is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

The Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of CanadaCompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Your inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesChevrolet encourages customers tocall the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170www.Chevrolet.com

1-800-222-10201-800-833-2438 (For TextTelephone Devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-243-8872

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For Text



Telephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

Overseas

Please contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTYequipment available at its CustomerAssistance Center. Any TTY user inthe U.S. can communicate withChevrolet by dialing:1-800-833-2438. TTY users inCanada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com

The Chevrolet online ownerexperience allows access to videos,articles, and vehicle health specificto your Chevrolet as well as yourOnStar Account information all inone place.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner’s manualsand view vehicle-specific how-tovideos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and Vehicle DiagnosticInformation. Schedule serviceappointments.

I : View and print dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a preferred dealer andview locations, maps, phonenumbers, and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)0 299.

H : Compare and shop forChevrolet and OnStar plans andservices. View GM Card andSiriusXM information (if equipped).

F : Chat with online helprepresentatives.

See my.chevrolet.com to registeryour vehicle.

Chevrolet Owner Centre(Canada) mychevrolet.ca

Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre atmychevrolet.ca (English) ormy.chevrolet.ca (French) to accesssimilar benefits to the U.S. site.



GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement, up to certain limits,of eligible aftermarket adaptiveequipment required for the vehicle,such as hand controls or awheelchair/scooter lift for thevehicle.

To learn about the GM Mobilityprogram, see www.gmmobility.comor call the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also hasa Mobility program. See www.gm.caor call 1-800-GM-DRIVE(800-463-7483) for details. TTYusers call 1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgramFor U.S.-purchased vehicles, call1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)

For Canadian-purchased vehicles,call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number

. Telephone number of yourlocation

. Location of the vehicle

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle

. Description of the problem

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle’s powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to makeany changes or discontinue theRoadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Services Provided. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.


308 Customer Information. Lock-Out Service: Service to

unlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Chevrolet dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is not givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with the sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is the owner'sresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyevent, incidental expenses may

be reimbursed within thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are reasonableand customary hotel, meals,rental car, or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer,up to 500 miles.

Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws

. Legal fines

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not aregularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 liters. If available,diesel fuel delivery may be

restricted. Propane and otherfuels are not provided throughthis service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: Must be over150 km from where your trip wasstarted to qualify.Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy ofthe repair orders are required.Once authorization has beenreceived, the RoadsideAssistance advisor will help tomake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor may givepermission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100,after sending the original receiptto Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost for



parts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty are theowner responsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties in boththe U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate manualentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM. If U.S. customers arrangetheir own transportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.



Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel, rentalvehicle insurance, taxes, levies,usage fees, excessive mileage,or rental usage beyond thecompletion of the repair are alsoyour responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designed

appearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequent



collisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs through the use of

aftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacementparts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Assistance Program0 307.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number

. Driver license number

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number

. Vehicle license plate number

. Vehicle make, model, andmodel year

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Insurance company and policynumber

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.



If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 66.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycledoriginal GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehicle

repaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Publication OrderingInformation

Service Manuals

Service manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengine, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electricalsystem, steering system, body, etc.

Customer Literature

Owner’s manuals are writtenspecifically for owners and areintended to provide basic

operational information about thevehicle. The owner’s manualincludes the Maintenance Schedulefor all models.

Customer literature publicationsavailable for purchase includeowner’s manuals, warrantymanuals, infotainment manuals, andportfolios. Portfolios include anowner’s manual, warranty manual,infotainment manual, if applicable,and zip lock bag or pouch.

Current and Past Models

Service manuals and customerliterature are available for manycurrent and past model year GMvehicles.

To order, call 1-800-551-4123Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m.eastern time

For credit card orders only (VISA,MasterCard, or Discover), seeHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

To order by mail, write to:



Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Make checks payable in U.S. funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and withInnovation, Science and EconomicDevelopment (ISED) Canada'sRSP-100 / ICES-GEN.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.



To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehiclesafety from http://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has asafety defect, notify TransportCanada immediately, and notifyGeneral Motors of CanadaCompany. Call TransportCanada at 1-800-333-0510;go to:

www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)

www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)

or write to:

Transport CanadaMotor Vehicle Safety DirectorateDefect Investigations andRecalls Division80 Noel StreetGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

In the U.S., call 1-800-222-1020,or write:

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

In Mexico, call 800-466-0811 or800-508-0000

In other Central America andCaribbean Countries, call52-555-329-0806.



Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven or used. Forexample, the vehicle uses computermodules to monitor and controlengine and transmissionperformance, to monitor theconditions for airbag deploymentand deploy them in a crash, and,if equipped, to provide antilockbraking to help the driver control thevehicle. These modules may storedata to help the dealer technicianservice the vehicle or to help GMimprove safety or features. Somemodules may also store data abouthow the vehicle is operated, such asrate of fuel consumption or averagespeed. These modules may retainpersonal preferences, such as radiopresets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.

CybersecurityGM collects information about theuse of your vehicle includingoperational and safety relatedinformation. We collect thisinformation to provide, evaluate,improve, and troubleshoot ourproducts and services and todevelop new products and services.The protection of vehicle electronicssystems and customer data fromunauthorized outside electronicaccess or control is important toGM. GM maintains appropriatesecurity standards, practices,guidelines and controls aimed atdefending the vehicle and thevehicle service ecosystem againstunauthorized electronic access,detecting possible malicious activityin related networks, and respondingto suspected cybersecurity incidentsin a timely, coordinated and effectivemanner. Security incidents couldimpact your safety or compromiseyour private data. To minimizesecurity risks, please do not connectyour vehicle electronic systems tounauthorized devices or connectyour vehicle to any unknown or

untrusted networks (such asBluetooth, WIFI or similartechnology). In the event yoususpect any security incidentimpacting your data or the safeoperation of your vehicle, pleasestop operating your vehicle andcontact your dealer.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as anair bag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;


316 Customer Information. Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStarIf the vehicle is equipped withOnStar and has an active serviceplan, additional data may becollected and transmitted throughthe OnStar system. This includesinformation about the vehicle’soperation; collisions involving thevehicle; the use of the vehicle andits features, including infotainment;and the location and approximateGPS speed of the vehicle. Refer tothe OnStar Terms and Conditionsand Privacy Statement on theOnStar website.

See OnStar Additional Information0 319.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


OnStar 317

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

OnStar Overview

Q Voice Command Button

| Blue OnStar Button

U Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paid serviceplan and data plan. OnStar requiresthe vehicle battery and electricalsystem, cellular service, and GPSsatellite signals to be available andoperating. OnStar acts as a link toexisting emergency serviceproviders. OnStar may collectinformation about you and yourvehicle, including location

information. See OnStar UserTerms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more detailsincluding system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is off. Press | twiceto speak with an OnStar Advisor.

Press | or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion.

PressQ to:

. Open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display. See theinfotainment manual forinformation on how to use theOnStar app.


318 OnStar

Or

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fihotspot name or SSID andpassword, if equipped.

Press | to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

PressU to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require anactive safety and security plan. WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisorwho is immediately connected in tothe vehicle to help.

PressU for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.


OnStar 319

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe engine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover thevehicle.

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press| to set up an account.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

Press | to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar or connectedservices if the vehicle is disposedof, sold, transferred, or if thelease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

Press | and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStaror connected service options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, RemoteServices, and Roadside Assistanceare available on most vehicles. Notall OnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. Formore information, a full descriptionof OnStar services, systemlimitations, and OnStar User Terms,Privacy Statement, and SoftwareTerms:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.


320 OnStar

. Press | to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar or connected servicescannot work unless the vehicle is ina place where OnStar has anagreement with a wireless serviceprovider for service in that area. Thewireless service provider must alsohave coverage, network capacity,reception, and technologycompatible with OnStar orconnected services. Serviceinvolving location information aboutthe vehicle cannot work unless GPSsignals are available, unobstructed,and compatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar or connectedservices may not work if the OnStarequipment is not properly installedor it has not been properlymaintained. If equipment or softwareis added, connected, or modified,OnStar or connected services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damage

to the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpwith physical disabilities andmedical conditions.

Press | to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicle

access to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

If equipped, TTY mode can beturned on or off by touchingSettings, then Apps, and thenPhone. When TTY mode is on,phone calls can be made orreceived with OnStar using theinfotainment display.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressing | orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.


OnStar 321

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.Press | and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for 10 dayswithout an ignition cycle. If thevehicle has not been started for10 days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate to

call OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items overor near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this message

may come on. Press | to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-On Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 208. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,security, or the operation of the


322 OnStar

vehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such assaved navigation destinations orpre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data orsettings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacystatement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or press | to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third partiesmay unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

To obtain the source code underGPL, LGPL, MPL, and other opensource licenses, that is contained inthis product, please visit http://opensource.lge.com. In addition tothe source code, all referred licenseterms, warranty disclaimers, andcopyright notices are available fordownload. This offer is valid for aperiod of three years after our lastshipment of this product. This offeris valid to anyone in receipt of thisinformation.

*Provided through LG ElectronicsInc., who is solely responsible forprovisions of related OSScompliance.


Connected Services 323

ConnectedServices

Connected ServicesNavigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Connected Services

NavigationNavigation requires a specificOnStar or connected service plan.

Press | to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. Press | to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton, if equipped, may vary byvehicle and region. For somevehicles, pressQ to open theOnStar app on the infotainmentdisplay. For other vehicles press Qas follows.

Cancel Route

1. PressQ. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.


324 Connected Services

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Directions can be sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Press | then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent tothe navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following services help withstaying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwordsfor the Wi-Fi hotspot andmyChevrolet mobile application.Make these passwords differentfrom each other and use acombination of letters andnumbers to increase thesecurity.

. Change the default name ofthe SSID (Service Set Identifier).This is your network’s name thatis visible to other wirelessdevices. Choose a unique nameand avoid family names orvehicle descriptions.

Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile

devices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press Q to openthe OnStar app on theinfotainment display, thenselect Wi-Fi Hotspot. On somevehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-FiSettings on the screen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, press | or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor. On somevehicles, the SSID andpassword can be changed inthe Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.

After initial set-up, your vehicle’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobile


Connected Services 325

devices. Manage data usage byturning Wi-Fi on or off on yourmobile device, using themyChevrolet mobile app, or bycontacting an OnStar Advisor. Onsome vehicles, Wi-Fi can also bemanaged from the Wi-FiHotspot menu.

MyChevrolet Mobile App (IfAvailable)

Download the myChevrolet mobileapp to compatible Apple andAndroid smartphones. Chevroletusers can access the followingservices from a smartphone:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send destinations to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

. Locate a dealer and scheduleservice.

. Request roadside service.

. Set a parking reminder with pindrop, take a photo, make a note,and set a timer.

. Connect with Chevrolet on socialmedia.

Features are subject to change. FormyChevrolet mobile app informationand compatibility, seemy.chevrolet.com.

An active OnStar or connectedservice plan may be required.A compatible device,factory-installed remote start, andpower locks are required. Data ratesapply. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

Marketplace

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers onyour route, help locate hotels,or book a room. These servicesvary by market.

DiagnosticsBy monitoring and reporting on thevehicle’s key systems, OnStarAdvanced Diagnostics, if equipped,provides a way to keep up onmaintenance. Capabilities vary bymodel. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.Features are subject to change. Forupdates on feature capabilities, seemy.chevrolet.com. Message anddata rates may apply.


326 Index

Index

AAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Active Fuel Management . . . . . . . 168Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 208Additional InformationOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 224Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Air Dam, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Air FilterLife System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

Passenger Sensing System . . . .68What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

Airbag System (cont'd)What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .64AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72

Passenger Status Indicator . . . 100Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26

AlertSide Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 202

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 178Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Assistance Program,Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 200


Index 327

AutomaticDimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

BBatteryExterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Battery - North America . . . .234, 268Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 236BrakeElectric Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 104

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 162Bulb ReplacementHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

CaliforniaPerchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211

CaliforniaProposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .210, 234, 268,

Back CoverCanadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2Capacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

CargoTie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . 85Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267ChargingWireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 101CheckEngine Light (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .75

Child Restraints (cont'd)Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 310CompartmentUnderhood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Competitive Driving Mode . . . . . . 192Composite Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Connected ServicesConnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

ConnectionsConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . 324


328 Index

ControlHill Rollback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Traction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29CoolantEngine Temperature Gauge . . . .99

Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 306Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Text Telephone (TTY)Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Customer InformationPublications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 310Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2Data CollectionInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 316OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Data RecorderPerformance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 315Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20DiagnosticsConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . 325

Differential, Limited-Slip . . .194, 195Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 302Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 198Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 183DrivingBetter Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . 145

Driving (cont'd)Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 156If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 158Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 148Track Events andCompetitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 159Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Dual Clutch Transmission . . . . . . 170Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Dual Clutch TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Dual Clutch TransmissionFluid Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

EElectric Brake Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 178Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 104Electrical Equipment,Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208


Index 329

Electrical SystemFuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 239Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Electronic Stability Control(ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

EmergencyOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Check Light (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 215Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . .99Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 170Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . 224Engine Compartment Lamp . . . . . 129

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 315Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 125Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 126Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

FFilter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 128Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283FluidBrakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Dual Clutch Transmission . . . . 222Dual Clutch TransmissionLife System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Frequency StatementRadio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Front Air Dam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Front Lift System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Front Lift System Light . . . . . . . . . . 103Front SeatsHeated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . .53

Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83FuelAdditives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Economy, Driving for Better . . . 145Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Management, Active . . . . . . . . . . 168Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

FusesFuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 239Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 121Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237


330 Index

GaugesEngine Coolant Temperature . . .99Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Transmission Temperature . . . . . .99Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . 285Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

HHatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 128Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110HeadlampsAiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Headlamps (cont'd)Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 107High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 126Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 108

HeatedSteering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 107High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 255Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 156Hill Rollback Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 180Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

InformationPublication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . 312

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . 5Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 32Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

JJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

KKeyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . 9

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 250LampsCourtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 126Engine Compartment . . . . . . . . . 129Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130


Index 331

Lamps (cont'd)Malfunction Indicator(Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Lifting the Vehicle, Tires . . . . . . . . 211LightingEntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 129LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 104Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Check Engine (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 104Electronic Stability Control(ESC), Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Lights (cont'd)Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 107Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Front Lift System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 126Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . .99Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Service Electric ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Limited-Slip Differential . . . .194, 195LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

Maintenance and CareAdditional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 287Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 102Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50MessagesEngine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115

MirrorRear Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Automatic DimmingRearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 32


332 Index

Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

NNavigationConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . 323

Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 162

OOdometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 221Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 74Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 306OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316OnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 230OverviewInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Underhood Compartment . . . . . 214

PPanel, Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37ParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200ParkingBrake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 235

Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 168

Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 200

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 68Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . . 211

Performance DataRecorder (PDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

PowerMirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 167Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 61PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 315

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . 309

Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Proposition65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .210, 234, 268,

Back CoverPublication OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312


Index 333

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 313Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 200Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49RecommendedFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 274Reimbursement Program,GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 73Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 314General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Ride Control SystemsEnhanced TractionSystem (ETS) . . . . . . . . . . 194, 195

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Roof Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 302Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

SSafety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 314General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Safety Defects Reporting (cont'd)U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 309Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .62Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .61

SeatsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47Heated and Ventilated Front . . . .53Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .49Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .48Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . . . 80SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143


334 Index

Service (cont'd)Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 213Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 298Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 309

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 202Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Special Application Services . . . . 293Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 15Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87

Steering (cont'd)Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87

StorageRear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84

Storage AreasCenter Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 83StrutsGas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3SystemEngine Air Filter Life . . . . . . . . . . 224Front Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131, 316

SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 306Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 28

Theft-Deterrent Systems (cont'd)Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28

Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 268Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Lifting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254, 255Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Pressure Monitor Operation . . 257Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 256Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Run-Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Terminology and Definitions . . 252Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 266When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261


Index 335

Tires (cont'd)Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204TowingGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 207Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 274Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Track Events andCompetitive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . 149

TractionLimited-SlipDifferential . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194, 195

Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

TransmissionDual Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Dual Clutch Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Dual Clutch Fluid LifeSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . .99Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

UUnderhood CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 264Universal Remote System . . . . . . 121Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Identification Number (VIN) . . . 299Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Vehicle CareTire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 104Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231WheelsAlignment and Tire Balance . . 265Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

WindshieldReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 236Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

23295642 A

2020

2020

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

20_CHEV_Corvette_COV_en_US_23295642A_2019OCT03.ai 1 10/1/2019 10:27:47 AM20_CHEV_Corvette_COV_en_US_23295642A_2019OCT03.ai 1 10/1/2019 10:27:47 AM

Date post:	24-Mar-2020
Category:	Documents
Upload:	others
View:	13 times
Download:	0 times

2020 Chevrolet Corvette Owners Manual · to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem,...

Documents